16. 智的分别巴利
16. Ñāṇavibhaṅgo
一业论母等注释巴利
1. Ekakamātikādivaṇṇanā
751 现在,紧接着在《智分别》里,先按“一种智事”等这样的方式,用从一种到十种为止的十个分段安立论母,然后依照所列出文句的顺序作了说明。巴利
751. Idāni tadanantare ñāṇavibhaṅge ekavidhena ñāṇavatthūtiādinā nayena paṭhamaṃ ekavidhādīhi dasavidhapariyosānehi dasahi paricchedehi mātikaṃ ṭhapetvā nikkhittapadānukkamena niddeso kato.
其中,“以一种”是指以一种方式,或者一个部分。“智事”在这里:智本身就是事,是种种成就的所依,所以叫智事;或者从处所的意义上说,智的所依处也叫智事。但这里应当按前一种意义来理解智事。因此在“一种”这一分判的末尾说:“如实之事的明辨——慧,如此以一种而说智事。”“五识”指眼识等五种。“非因”等应当依照前面《法集论》注释中所述的方法来理解。简略地说,这里应当说的内容会在说明部分中显现。如同这里一样,在二法论母等语句中应当说的内容,也会在那里显现。这里只应这样理解为安立的分段。在此,先以“非因、无因”等依照《法集论》论母的方式,以“无常、被老所征服”等依照非论母的方式,简略地分为两类,用八十七句安立了一法论母。巴利
Tattha ekavidhenāti ekappakārena, ekakoṭṭhāsena vā. Ñāṇavatthūti ettha pana ñāṇañca taṃ vatthu ca nānappakārānaṃ sampattīnanti ñāṇavatthu; okāsaṭṭhena ñāṇassa vatthūtipi ñāṇavatthu. Idha pana purimenevatthena ñāṇavatthu veditabbaṃ. Teneva ekavidhaparicchedāvasāne ‘‘yāthāvakavatthuvibhāvanā paññā – evaṃ ekavidhena ñāṇavatthū’’ti vuttaṃ. Pañca viññāṇāti cakkhuviññāṇādīni pañca. Na hetūtiādīni heṭṭhā dhammasaṅgahaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 1.6) vuttanayeneva veditabbāni. Saṅkhepato panettha yaṃ vattabbaṃ taṃ niddesavāre āvi bhavissati. Yathā cettha, evaṃ dukamātikādipadesupi yaṃ vattabbaṃ taṃ tattheva āvi bhavissati. Nikkhepaparicchedamattaṃ panettha evaṃ veditabbaṃ. Ettha hi ‘‘na hetu ahetukā’’tiādīhi tāva dhammasaṅgahamātikāvasena, ‘‘aniccā jarābhibhūtā’’tiādīhi amātikāvasenāti saṅkhepato duvidhehi pabhedato aṭṭhasattatiyā padehi ekakamātikā nikkhittā.
不过,按照与二法相应的三十五个二法,安立了二法论母。巴利
Dukānurūpehi pana pañcatiṃsāya dukehi dukamātikā nikkhittā.
与三法相应的有:“思所成慧”等四个外三法;以“果报慧”等按不限定慧的方式所说的十四个论母三法;在寻三法中,第一句按限定慧的方式说有十三个,第二句按限定慧的方式说有七个,第三句按限定慧的方式说有十二个;在喜三法中,第一句按限定慧的方式说有十三个,同样,第二句按限定慧的方式说有十三个,第三句按限定慧的方式说有十二个。这样,一共以八十八个三法安立了三法论母。巴利
Tikānurūpehi ‘‘cintāmayā paññā’’tiādīhi catūhi bāhirattikehi, ‘‘vipākā paññā’’tiādīhi aniyamitapaññāvasena vuttehi cuddasahi mātikātikehi, vitakkattike paṭhamapadena niyamitapaññāvasena vuttehi terasahi, dutiyapadena niyamitapaññāvasena vuttehi sattahi, tatiyapadena niyamitapaññāvasena vuttehi dvādasahi, pītittike ca paṭhamapadena niyamitapaññāvasena vuttehi terasahi, tathā dutiyapadena, tatiyapadena niyamitapaññāvasena vuttehi dvādasahīti aṭṭhāsītiyā tikehi tikamātikā nikkhittā.
四法论母则是以“业自性智”等二十一个四法来安立;五法论母以两个五法来安立;六法论母以一个六法来安立;七法论母以“七十七智事”这样简要所说的十一个七法来安立;八法论母以一个八法来安立;九法论母以一个九法来安立。巴利
Catukkamātikā pana ‘kammassakatañāṇa’ntiādīhi ekavīsatiyā catukkehi, pañcakamātikā dvīhi pañcakehi, chakkamātikā ekena chakkena, sattakamātikā ‘‘sattasattati ñāṇavatthūnī’’ti evaṃ saṅkhepato vuttehi ekādasahi sattakehi, aṭṭhakamātikā ekena aṭṭhakena, navakamātikā ekena navakena.
十法论母的注释巴利
10. Dasakamātikāvaṇṇanā
760 十法论母用“十种如来力”这样的方式,只用一个十法就把它安立下来了。这里面,“十”是数量的限定。“如来”的意思是:像毗婆尸等过去的圣者那样而来,所以叫如来;像他们那样而去,所以叫如来。“如来力”是指不共于其他人、只属于如来自己的力量;或者说,像过去诸佛的力是由福德积聚的成就而来,这样而来的力,也叫如来力。这里面,如来的力有两种:身力和智力。其中,身力应该依照象的种类来理解。古师确实这样说过:巴利
760.Dasakamātikā ‘‘dasa tathāgatassa tathāgatabalānī’’tiādinā ekeneva dasakena nikkhittā. Tattha dasāti gaṇanaparicchedo. Tathāgatassāti yathā vipassīādayo pubbakā isayo āgatā tathā āgatassa; yathā ca te gatā tathā gatassa. Tathāgatabalānīti aññehi asādhāraṇāni tathāgatasseva balāni; yathā vā pubbabuddhānaṃ balāni puññussayasampattiyā āgatāni tathā āgatabalānītipi attho. Tattha duvidhaṃ tathāgatassa balaṃ – kāyabalañca ñāṇabalañca. Tesu kāyabalaṃ hatthikulānusāreneva veditabbaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ porāṇehi –
黑象、恒河象、白象、铜色兼黄褐色象;
香象、吉祥象、金象、布萨象、六牙象,一共十种。巴利
Kāḷāvakañca gaṅgeyyaṃ, paṇḍaraṃ tambapiṅgalaṃ; Gandhamaṅgalahemañca, uposathachaddantime dasāti. –
这些确实是十种象族。巴利
Imāni hi dasa hatthikulāni.
这里,“黑象”应当理解为普通象种。十个人的体力,等于一头黑象的体力;十头黑象的体力,等于一头恒河象的体力;十头恒河象的体力,等于一头白象的体力;十头白象的体力,等于一头铜色象的体力;十头铜色象的体力,等于一头黄褐象的体力;十头黄褐象的体力,等于一头香象的体力;十头香象的体力,等于一头吉祥象的体力;十头吉祥象的体力,等于一头金象的体力;十头金象的体力,等于一头布萨象的体力;十头布萨象的体力,等于一头六牙象的体力;十头六牙象的体力,等于一位如来的体力。这种力也被称为那罗延那力。这个力,按普通象的数量来算,等于十万亿头象的力;按人的数量来算,等于一百万亿人的力。这就是如来的身力。巴利
Tattha ‘kāḷāvaka’nti pakatihatthikulaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yaṃ dasannaṃ purisānaṃ kāyabalaṃ taṃ ekassa kāḷāvakahatthino. Yaṃ dasannaṃ kāḷāvakānaṃ balaṃ taṃ ekassa gaṅgeyassa. Yaṃ dasannaṃ gaṅgeyyānaṃ taṃ ekassa paṇḍarassa. Yaṃ dasannaṃ paṇḍarānaṃ taṃ ekassa tambassa. Yaṃ dasannaṃ tambānaṃ taṃ ekassa piṅgalassa. Yaṃ dasannaṃ piṅgalānaṃ taṃ ekassa gandhahatthino. Yaṃ dasannaṃ gandhahatthīnaṃ taṃ ekassa maṅgalassa. Yaṃ dasannaṃ maṅgalānaṃ taṃ ekassa hemavatassa. Yaṃ dasannaṃ hemavatānaṃ taṃ ekassa uposathassa. Yaṃ dasannaṃ uposathānaṃ taṃ ekassa chaddantassa. Yaṃ dasannaṃ chaddantānaṃ taṃ ekassa tathāgatassa. Nārāyanasaṅkhātabalantipi idameva vuccati. Tadetaṃ pakatihatthīnaṃ gaṇanāya hatthikoṭisahassānaṃ, purisagaṇanāya dasannaṃ purisakoṭisahassānaṃ balaṃ hoti. Idaṃ tāva tathāgatassa kāyabalaṃ.
这里说的“智之力”,首先就是指巴利圣典里已经讲到的十力智。比如《大狮吼经》里说的十力智、四无畏智、在八种大众中不动摇的智、辨别四类众生的智、辨别五趣的智,还有《相应部》里说的七十三种智、七十七种智,像这样还有其他许许多多成千种的智——这些就叫作智之力。这里要说的也正是智之力。因为智有不可动摇和能支撑这两种含义,所以被称为“力”。巴利
Ñāṇabalaṃ pana idha tāva pāḷiyaṃ āgatameva dasabalañāṇaṃ. Mahāsīhanāde (ma. ni. 1.146 ādayo) dasabalañāṇaṃ, catuvesārajjañāṇaṃ, aṭṭhasu parisāsu akampanañāṇaṃ, catuyoniparicchedakañāṇaṃ, pañcagatiparicchedakañāṇaṃ, saṃyuttake (saṃ. ni. 2.33-34) āgatāni tesattati ñāṇāni, sattasattati ñāṇānīti evaṃ aññānipi anekāni ñāṇasahassāni – etaṃ ñāṇabalaṃ nāma. Idhāpi ñāṇabalameva adhippetaṃ ñāṇañhi akampiyaṭṭhena upatthambhakaṭṭhena ca balanti vuttaṃ.
具足那些力,就是指具足、拥有那十种智之力。牛王立处,就是最殊胜的处所、最高的处所;或者,牛王就是指过去诸佛,意思是那是他们所在之处。另外,在百头牛中做首领的叫做usabha,在千头牛中做首领的叫做vasabha;或者在百头牛栏中做首领的叫做usabha,在千头牛栏中做首领的叫做vasabha;而一切牛中最殊胜、能承受一切危险、白色、庄严、能背负重担、即使听到上百声霹雳也不动摇的,叫做nisabha。这里指的就是这个usabha。因为这也是它的同义词。属于牛王的,就是牛王立处。立处,就是用四只脚压住大地、稳固不动的地方。而这里这个就像牛王一样,所以叫牛王立处。正如被称为nisabha的牛王,具足牛王之力,用四只脚压住大地,以稳固不动的姿态站立;同样,如来也具足十种如来之力,以四无畏为足,压住八众会的大地,在有天人的世间里,不被任何敌对者、怨敌动摇,以稳固不动的姿态站立。当他这样站立时,就宣称、趋入、安住于那牛王立处,不否认,把它归于自己。因此说“宣称牛王立处”。巴利
Yehi balehi samannāgatoti yehi dasahi ñāṇabalehi upeto samupeto. Āsabhaṃ ṭhānanti seṭṭhaṭṭhānaṃ uttamaṭṭhānaṃ; āsabhā vā pubbabuddhā, tesaṃ ṭhānanti attho. Api ca gavasatajeṭṭhako usabho, gavasahassajeṭṭhako vasabho; vajasatajeṭṭhako vā usabho, vajasahassajeṭṭhako vasabho; sabbagavaseṭṭho sabbaparissayasaho seto pāsādiko mahābhāravaho asanisatasaddehipi akampanīyo nisabho. So idha usabhoti adhippeto. Idampi hi tassa pariyāyavacanaṃ. Usabhassa idanti āsabhaṃ. Ṭhānanti catūhi pādehi pathaviṃ uppīḷetvā acalaṭṭhānaṃ. Idaṃ pana āsabhaṃ viyāti āsabhaṃ. Yatheva hi nisabhasaṅkhāto usabho usabhabalena samannāgato catūhi pādehi pathaviṃ uppīḷetvā acalaṭṭhānena tiṭṭhati, evaṃ tathāgatopi dasahi tathāgatabalehi samannāgato catūhi vesārajjapādehi aṭṭhaparisapathaviṃ uppīḷetvā sadevake loke kenaci paccatthikena paccāmittena akampiyo acalaṭṭhānena tiṭṭhati. Evaṃ tiṭṭhamāno ca taṃ āsabhaṃ ṭhānaṃ paṭijānāti, upagacchati, na paccakkhāti, attani āropeti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘āsabhaṃ ṭhānaṃ paṭijānātī’’ti.
在八种大众当中,就是指在八种集会众中。作狮子吼,就是发出最殊胜的吼声、无所畏惧的吼声,或者发出像狮子吼一样的吼声。这个意思应当依据《狮子吼经》来说明。又如同狮子因为能忍耐、能杀伤而被称为狮子,同样地,如来因为能忍耐世间法、能摧破外道的论说而被称为狮子。这样所说的狮子发出的吼声,就是狮子吼。在这里,就像狮子具足狮子的力量,在任何地方都无所畏惧、毫无恐惧退缩,发出狮子吼;同样地,如来这头狮子也具足如来的诸力,在八种大众当中无所畏惧、毫无恐惧退缩,以“这是色”等等方式,发出具足种种教说之庄严的狮子吼。因此说“在大众中作狮子吼”。巴利
Parisāsūti aṭṭhasu parisāsu. Sīhanādaṃ nadatīti seṭṭhanādaṃ abhītanādaṃ nadati, sīhanādasadisaṃ vā nādaṃ nadati. Ayamattho sīhanādasuttena dīpetabbo. Yathā vā sīho sahanato ca hananato ca sīhoti vuccati, evaṃ tathāgato lokadhammānaṃ sahanato parappavādānañca hananato sīhoti vuccati. Evaṃ vuttassa sīhassa nādaṃ sīhanādaṃ. Tattha yathā sīho sīhabalena samannāgato sabbattha visārado vigatalomahaṃso sīhanādaṃ nadati, evaṃ tathāgatasīhopi tathāgatabalehi samannāgato aṭṭhasu parisāsu visārado vigatalomahaṃso ‘‘iti rūpa’’ntiādinā nayena nānāvidhadesanāvilāsasampannaṃ sīhanādaṃ nadati. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘parisāsu sīhanādaṃ nadatī’’ti.
转梵轮:在这里,“梵”是指最殊胜、最高、清净。而“轮”这个词——巴利
Brahmacakkaṃ pavattetīti ettha brahmanti seṭṭhaṃ uttamaṃ visuddhaṃ. Cakkasaddo ca panāyaṃ –
在成就、在相、在车轮、在威仪路,
在布施、宝、法、胸中,以及在轮等事物中,它都能见到;
在这里,“轮”取的是法轮的意思,而且应当把它分成两种来说明。巴利
Sampattiyaṃ lakkhaṇe ca, rathaṅge iriyāpathe; Dāne ratanadhammūra, cakkādīsu ca dissati; Dhammacakke idha mato, tañca dvedhā vibhāvaye.
“比丘们,有这四种轮,具足这些轮的天与人……”(《增支部》4.31)等等,在这里,“轮”指的是成就。“脚底生有轮相”(《长部》2.35)这里,指的是相。“如车轮随运载者的脚”(《法句经》1)这里,指的是车轮。“四轮九门”(《相应部》1.29)这里,指的是威仪路。“布施、受用、勿放逸,为一切众生转动轮”(《本生经》1.7.149)这里,指的是布施。“天界轮宝出现”这里,指的是宝轮。“我所转动的轮”(《经集》562)这里,指的是法轮。“被欲望击倒的人,轮在头顶旋转”(《本生经》1.1.104; 1.5.103)这里,指的是胸轮。“即使以利刃为边的轮”(《长部》1.166)这里,指的是武器轮。“霹雳轮”(《长部》3.61;《相应部》2.162)这里,指的是霹雳圈。而在这里,这个“轮”指的是法轮。巴利
‘‘Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, cakkāni yehi samannāgatānaṃ devamanussāna’’ntiādīsu (a. ni. 4.31) hi ayaṃ sampattiyaṃ dissati. ‘‘Heṭṭhā pādatalesu cakkāni jātānī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.35) ettha lakkhaṇe. ‘‘Cakkaṃva vahato pada’’nti (dha. pa. 1) ettha rathaṅge. ‘‘Catucakkaṃ navadvāra’’nti (saṃ. ni. 1.29) ettha iriyāpathe. ‘‘Dadaṃ bhuñja mā ca pamādo, cakkaṃ pavattaya sabbapāṇina’’nti (jā. 1.7.149) ettha dāne. ‘‘Dibbaṃ cakkaratanaṃ pāturahosī’’ti ettha ratanacakke. ‘‘Mayā pavattitaṃ cakka’’nti (su. ni. 562) ettha dhammacakke. ‘‘Icchāhatassa posassa cakkaṃ bhamati matthake’’ti (jā. 1.1.104; 1.5.103) ettha uracakke. ‘‘Khurapariyantena cepi cakkenā’’ti (dī. ni. 1.166) ettha paharaṇacakke. ‘‘Asanivicakka’’nti (dī. ni. 3.61; saṃ. ni. 2.162) ettha asanimaṇḍale. Idha panāyaṃ dhammacakke mato.
这个法轮有两种:证悟智和教说智。其中,由智慧培育、能给自己带来圣果的是证悟智;由悲心培育、能给弟子们带来圣果的是教说智。证悟智又分两种:正在生起和已经生起。也就是说,从出家开始直到阿拉汉道,这期间属于正在生起;在果位那一刹那,称为已经生起。或者,从兜率天开始直到菩提座下证得阿拉汉道,这期间属于正在生起;在果位那一刹那,称为已经生起。或者,从燃灯佛授记开始直到阿拉汉道,这期间属于正在生起;在果位那一刹那,称为已经生起。教说智也分两种:正在运转和已经运转。也就是说,直到阿若憍陈如证得入流道,这期间属于正在运转;在果位那一刹那,称为已经运转。这两者当中,证悟智是出世间的,教说智是世间的。但这两者都是其他人所没有的,是诸佛独有的亲生智。巴利
Taṃ pana dhammacakkaṃ duvidhaṃ hoti – paṭivedhañāṇañca desanāñāṇañca. Tattha paññāpabhāvitaṃ attano ariyaphalāvahaṃ paṭivedhañāṇaṃ; karuṇāpabhāvitaṃ sāvakānaṃ ariyaphalāvahaṃ desanāñāṇaṃ. Tattha paṭivedhañāṇaṃ uppajjamānaṃ uppannanti duvidhaṃ. Tañhi abhinikkhamanato yāva arahattamaggā uppajjamānaṃ , phalakkhaṇe uppannaṃ nāma; tusitabhavanato vā yāva mahābodhipallaṅke arahattamaggā uppajjamānaṃ, phalakkhaṇe uppannaṃ nāma; dīpaṅkarabyākaraṇato paṭṭhāya vā yāva arahattamaggā uppajjamānaṃ , phalakkhaṇe uppannaṃ nāma. Desanāñāṇampi pavattamānaṃ pavattanti duvidhaṃ. Tañhi yāva aññākoṇḍaññassa sotāpattimaggā pavattamānaṃ, phalakkhaṇe pavattaṃ nāma. Tesu paṭivedhañāṇaṃ lokuttaraṃ, desanāñāṇaṃ lokiyaṃ. Ubhayampi panetaṃ aññehi asādhāraṇaṃ buddhānaṃyeva orasañāṇaṃ.
现在,为了详细说明如来凭借哪十种力而宣称殊胜的立处——也就是一开始就列为“如来的十种如来力”的那些力——便问:是哪十种?这里,如来说“处是处、非处是非处”等等。其中,“处是处、非处是非处”就是因是因、非因是非因。因为果依止于因,随因而生起、随因而运转,所以因被称为“处”。世尊了知:“凡是那些法是某些法生起的因与缘,那就是处”;“凡是那些法不是某些法生起的因与缘,那就是非处”。这样,他如实了知处是处、非处是非处。“以此”就是以此智。“这亦是如来的”意思是:这处非处智也就是如来的如来力。应当知道,一切文句都应这样连接理解。巴利
Idāni yehi dasahi balehi samannāgato tathāgato āsabhaṃ ṭhānaṃ paṭijānāti, yāni āditova ‘‘dasa tathāgatassa tathāgatabalānī’’ti nikkhittāni, tāni vitthārato dassetuṃ katamāni dasa? Idha tathāgato ṭhānañca ṭhānatotiādimāha. Tattha ṭhānañca ṭhānatoti kāraṇañca kāraṇato. Kāraṇañhi yasmā tattha phalaṃ tiṭṭhati tadāyattavuttitāya uppajjati ceva pavattati ca, tasmā ṭhānanti vuccati. Taṃ bhagavā ‘‘ye ye dhammā yesaṃ yesaṃ dhammānaṃ hetū paccayā uppādāya taṃ taṃ ṭhāna’’nti ca ‘ye ye dhammā yesaṃ yesaṃ dhammānaṃ na hetū na paccayā uppādāya taṃ taṃ aṭṭhāna’nti ca pajānanto ṭhānañca ṭhānato aṭṭhānañca aṭṭhānato yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Yampīti yena ñāṇena. Idampi tathāgatassāti idampi ṭhānāṭṭhānañāṇaṃ tathāgatassa tathāgatabalaṃ nāma hotīti attho. Evaṃ sabbapadesu yojanā veditabbā.
业之摄受,是指已经领受之后所造作的善业和不善业;或者,业本身就是业的摄受。依处与依因,是指从缘和从因来说。其中,趣、依止、时、加行是果的依处,业是因。巴利
Kammasamādānānanti samādiyitvā katānaṃ kusalākusalakammānaṃ; kammameva vā kammasamādānaṃ. Ṭhānaso hetusoti paccayato ceva hetuto ca. Tattha gatiupadhikālapayogā vipākassa ṭhānaṃ, kammaṃ hetu.
遍行是指导向一切趣的,以及导向非趣的。行道就是道。如实地了知是说:即使有许多人杀害同一个众生,对于同一个对象上被称为善思、不善思的种种行道,他也能按这个方式,不颠倒地了知它们的自性:这个人的思将会导向地狱,这个人的思将会导向畜生趣。巴利
Sabbattha gāmininti sabbagatigāminiñca agatigāminiñca. Paṭipadanti maggaṃ. Yathābhūtaṃ pajānātīti bahūsupi manussesu ekameva pāṇaṃ ghātentesu ‘imassa cetanā nirayagāminī bhavissati, imassa tiracchānayonigāminī’ti iminā nayena ekavatthusmimpi kusalākusalacetanāsaṅkhātānaṃ paṭipattīnaṃ aviparītato sabhāvaṃ pajānāti.
“多界”是指由眼界等界,或者由欲界等界而成为多种界。“种种界”是指由于那些界各自不同,而成为种种不同种类的界。“世间”是指蕴、处、界的世间。“如实地了知”是指对那些界各自不颠倒地通达其自性。巴利
Anekadhātunti cakkhudhātuādīhi kāmadhātuādīhi vā dhātūhi bahudhātuṃ. Nānādhātunti tāsaṃyeva dhātūnaṃ vilakkhaṇatāya nānappakāradhātuṃ. Lokanti khandhāyatanadhātulokaṃ. Yathābhūtaṃ pajānātīti tāsaṃ tāsaṃ dhātūnaṃ aviparītato sabhāvaṃ paṭivijjhati.
“种种胜解”是指由于低劣等各种不同的胜解,而具有种种不同胜解的状态。巴利
Nānādhimuttikatanti hīnādīhi adhimuttīhi nānādhimuttikabhāvaṃ.
“其他众生”是指主要的众生。“其他人”是指比那些更下劣的众生;或者这两个词意思相同,只是根据所教化对象的不同而分成两种说法。“根之上下”是指信等诸根的优胜与低劣、增长与衰退。巴利
Parasattānanti padhānasattānaṃ. Parapuggalānanti tato paresaṃ hīnasattānaṃ; ekatthameva vā etaṃ padadvayaṃ veneyyavasena pana dvedhā vuttaṃ. Indriyaparopariyattanti saddhādīnaṃ indriyānaṃ parabhāvañca aparabhāvañca vuḍḍhiñca hāniñcāti attho.
“禅那、解脱、定、等至”是指初禅等四种禅那,“有色观诸色”等八种解脱,有寻有伺等三种定,以及初禅等至等九种次第等至。“杂染”是指退分法。“清净”是指胜分法。“出起”是指从禅那等出起的原因,也就是那个原因。巴利
Jhānavimokkhasamādhisamāpattīnanti paṭhamādīnaṃ catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ, ‘‘rūpī rūpāni passatī’’tiādīnaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ vimokkhānaṃ, savitakkasavicārādīnaṃ tiṇṇaṃ samādhīnaṃ, paṭhamajjhānasamāpattiādīnañca navannaṃ anupubbasamāpattīnaṃ. Saṃkilesanti hānabhāgiyadhammaṃ. Vodānanti visesabhāgiyadhammaṃ. Vuṭṭhānanti yena kāraṇena jhānādīhi vuṭṭhahanti, taṃ kāraṇaṃ.
宿住随念,就是对过去生中曾经历过的诸蕴的随念。巴利
Pubbenivāsānussatinti pubbe nivutthakkhandhānussaraṇaṃ.
死亡与再生,就是死和生。巴利
Cutūpapātanti cutiñca upapātañca.
“诸漏灭尽”指的是欲漏等的灭尽,也就是被称为漏灭的涅槃。巴利
Āsavānaṃ khayanti kāmāsavādīnaṃ khayasaṅkhātaṃ āsavanirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ.
“这些”指的是前面所说的“如来的十种如来力”,这里是在指明:就是这些。明白了这里逐词的释义之后,现在要说:如来首先以处非处智,看到所教化的众生能否证得漏尽,也就是烦恼障的有无——这是通过看到世间正见所在之处,以及决定邪见非处而了知的。接着,他以业异熟智看到他们业报障的有无,这是通过看到三因结生而了知的。以遍趣行智看到业障的有无,这是通过看到无间业不存在而了知的。这样,对于没有障碍的众生,他以种种界智为了随顺说法而看到他们行相的差别,这是通过看到界的种种差异而了知的。接着,他以种种胜解智看到他们的胜解,即使不施加功用,也随顺他们的胜解而说法。这样,对于已看到胜解的众生,为了随其能力、随其力量而说法,他以根上下智看到根的利钝差别,也就是看到信等诸根的锐利与迟钝。虽然这样遍知了根的利钝差别,但如果他们住在远处,那么他以禅那等至智力,因为对禅那等已得自在,便以神通殊胜迅速前往亲近。亲近之后,他以宿住随念智看到他们过去生的修行,以依天眼威力而得的他心智看到他们现在心的殊胜,以漏尽智力,由于对趣向漏尽之道已离迷惑,便为他们说漏尽之法。因此应当知道,这十力就是按这个次第来说的。以上是对论母的义释。巴利
Imānīti yāni heṭṭhā ‘‘dasa tathāgatassa tathāgatabalānī’’ti avoca, imāni tānīti appanaṃ karotīti. Evamettha anupubbapadavaṇṇanaṃ ñatvā idāni yasmā tathāgato paṭhamaṃyeva ṭhānāṭṭhānañāṇena veneyyasattānaṃ āsavakkhayādhigamassa ceva anadhigamassa ca ṭhānāṭṭhānabhūtaṃ kilesāvaraṇābhāvaṃ passati, lokiyasammādiṭṭhiṭhānadassanato niyatamicchādiṭṭhiṭhānābhāvadassanato ca. Atha nesaṃ kammavipākañāṇena vipākāvaraṇābhāvaṃ passati , tihetukapaṭisandhidassanato. Sabbatthagāminīpaṭipadāñāṇena kammāvaraṇābhāvaṃ passati, ānantariyakammābhāvadassanato. Evaṃ anāvaraṇānaṃ anekadhātunānādhātuñāṇena anukūladhammadesanatthaṃ cariyāvisesaṃ passati, dhātuvemattadassanato. Atha nesaṃ nānādhimuttikatāñāṇena adhimuttiṃ passati, payogaṃ anādiyitvāpi adhimuttivasena dhammadesanatthaṃ. Athevaṃ diṭṭhādhimuttīnaṃ yathāsatti yathābalaṃ dhammaṃ desetuṃ indriyaparopariyattañāṇena indriyaparopariyattaṃ passati, saddhādīnaṃ tikkhamudubhāvadassanato. Evaṃ pariññātindriyaparopariyattāpi panete sace dūre honti, atha jhānādipariññāṇena jhānādīsu vasībhūtattā iddhivisesena khippaṃ upagacchati. Upagantvā ca nesaṃ pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇena pubbajātibhāvanaṃ, dibbacakkhānubhāvato pattabbena cetopariyañāṇena sampatticittavisesaṃ passanto āsavakkhayañāṇānubhāvena āsavakkhayagāminiyā paṭipadāya vigatasammohattā āsavakkhayāya dhammaṃ deseti. Tasmā iminā anukkamena imāni dasabalāni vuttānīti veditabbāni. Ayaṃ tāva mātikāya atthavaṇṇanā.
单一解说部分的注释巴利
(1.) Ekakaniddesavaṇṇanā
761 761. 现在,在按照所安立的论母,以“五识非因”等理趣开始的解说分中,“非因”是对共因的遮止说明。其中,以“因因、缘因、最上因、共因,有四种因”等理趣所应说的一切,在色蕴品“一切色非因”等的义释中已全部说过。在“无因”等处,应当知道是为了连声而加上了‘m’音,意思是“无因的”。其余诸句也是同样的理趣。再者,在“因法、非因法”等法聚中,五识既不是因法,也不是有因法,决定只是非因、只是无因,依此理趣,此处一切句中的含义也应当了知。“唯无记”一句是依异熟无记而说。“唯有所缘”是依依止所缘而说。因为所缘有两种:缘所缘与依止所缘。而在此处,以依止所缘为主,缘所缘也是可得。“唯非心所”一句,是于心、色、涅槃三种非心所中,专指心而说。“唯非不系”指由于是趣所摄、死所摄、轮回流转有摄,故只是所系,并非不系。不从世间和流转中出离,故为“非出离”。“唯生起意识所识”指在色蕴品中,眼识等唯以现在之色等为所缘而生起,因此将缘取过去等境的意识也归入五识流中,说为“生起为六识所识”。然而五识,即使是对于现在的,也不是眼识等的所缘,唯是意识的所缘,因此说“唯为意识所识”。“唯无常”是依先有后无之义而说唯是无常。“唯为衰老所征服”是因被衰老所征服,故唯是被衰老所征服。巴利
761. Idāni yathānikkhittāya mātikāya ‘‘pañcaviññāṇā na hetumevā’’tiādinā nayena āraddhe niddesavāre na hetumevāti sādhāraṇahetupaṭikkhepaniddeso. Tattha ‘‘hetuhetu, paccayahetu, uttamahetu, sādhāraṇahetūti catubbidho hetū’’tiādinā nayena yaṃ vattabbaṃ siyā, taṃ sabbaṃ rūpakaṇḍe ‘‘sabbaṃ rūpaṃ na hetumevā’’tiādīnaṃ atthavaṇṇanāyaṃ (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 594) vuttameva. Ahetukamevātiādīsu byañjanasandhivasena makāro veditabbo; ahetukā evāti attho. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Apica ‘‘hetū dhammā nahetū dhammā’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. dukamātikā 1) dhammakoṭṭhāsesu pañcaviññāṇāni hetū dhammāti vā sahetukā dhammāti vā na honti. Ekantena pana na hetūyeva, ahetukā yevāti imānipi nayenettha sabbapadesu attho veditabbo. Abyākatamevāti padaṃ vipākābyākatavasena vuttaṃ. Sārammaṇamevāti olubbhārammaṇavasena. Paccayārammaṇaṃ olubbhārammaṇanti hi duvidhaṃ ārammaṇaṃ. Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne olubbhārammaṇameva dhuraṃ, paccayārammaṇampi labbhatiyeva. Acetasikamevāti padaṃ cittaṃ, rūpaṃ, nibbānanti tīsu acetasikesu cittameva sandhāya vuttaṃ. No apariyāpannamevāti gatipariyāpannacutipariyāpannasaṃsāravaṭṭabhavapariyāpannabhāvato pariyāpannā eva, no apariyāpannā. Lokato vaṭṭato na niyyantīti aniyyānikā. Uppannaṃ manoviññāṇaviññeyyamevāti rūpakaṇḍe cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ paccuppannāneva rūpādīni ārabbha pavattito atītādivisayaṃ manoviññāṇampi pañcaviññāṇasotapatitameva katvā ‘‘upapannaṃ chahi viññāṇehi viññeyya’’nti (dha. sa. 584) vuttaṃ. Pañcaviññāṇā pana yasmā paccuppannāpi cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ ārammaṇā na honti, manoviññāṇasseva honti, tasmā ‘‘manoviññāṇaviññeyyamevā’’ti vuttaṃ. Aniccamevāti hutvā abhāvaṭṭhena aniccāyeva. Jarābhibhūtamevāti jarāya abhibhūtattā jarābhibhūtā eva.
762 “已生依处、已生所缘”是对未来的遮止。因为那些识确实不会在未来存在的依处和所缘上生起。巴利
762.Uppannavatthukā uppannārammaṇāti anāgatapaṭikkhepo. Na hi te anāgatesu vatthārammaṇesu uppajjanti.
“前生依处、前生所缘”这一说法,是为了否定俱生。因为它们并不是依俱生的依处或所缘而生起,而是自身作为后生,依前生的依处与所缘而生起。巴利
Purejātavatthukā purejātārammaṇāti sahuppattipaṭikkhepo. Na hi te sahuppannaṃ vatthuṃ vā ārammaṇaṃ vā paṭicca uppajjanti, sayaṃ pana pacchājātā hutvā purejātesu vatthārammaṇesu uppajjanti.
以内在的依处为基础,这是就内在而言说的。因为它们是以内在的五种净色为依处而生起的。以外部为所缘,就是以外部色等为所缘。在这里应当知道有四种情况:五识因为以净色为依处,所以是内在的、以内在为依处的;意识在以心色为依处而生起的时候,是内在的、以外在为依处的;与五识相应的三蕴是外在的、以内在为依处的;与意识相应的三蕴在以心色为依处而生起的时候,是外在的、以外在为依处的。巴利
Ajjhattikavatthukāti ajjhattajjhattavasena vuttaṃ. Tāni hi ajjhattike pañca pasāde vatthuṃ katvā uppajjanti. Bāhirārammaṇāti bāhirarūpādiārammaṇā. Tattha catukkaṃ veditabbaṃ – pañcaviññāṇā hi pasādavatthukattā ajjhattikā ajjhattikavatthukā, manoviññāṇaṃ hadayarūpaṃ vatthuṃ katvā uppajjanakāle ajjhattikaṃ bāhiravatthukaṃ, pañcaviññāṇasampayuttā tayo khandhā bāhirā ajjhattikavatthukā , manoviññāṇasampayuttā tayo khandhā hadayarūpaṃ vatthuṃ katvā uppajjanakāle bāhirā bāhiravatthukā.
依处不混杂,就是指依处没有灭去。因为它们并不是依靠已经灭去的、过去的依处而生起的。对于所缘不混杂,道理也是一样。巴利
Asambhinnavatthukāti aniruddhavatthukā. Na hi te niruddhaṃ atītaṃ vatthuṃ paṭicca uppajjanti. Asambhinnārammaṇatāyapi eseva nayo.
在“眼识的所依和所缘各不相同”等说法中,眼识的所依是一回事,所缘是另一回事;耳识等的所依和所缘也各不相同。眼识绝不会以耳净色等当中的某一种作为所依,或以声音等当中的某一种作为所缘,即使经过一劫又一劫也不会生起;它只以眼净色作为所依、以色作为所缘而生起。这样一来,它的所依、门和所缘都是固定的,不会转移到别的所依、门或所缘,而是以固定的所依、固定的门、固定的所缘生起。耳识等也是同样的道理。巴利
Aññaṃ cakkhuviññāṇassa vatthu ca ārammaṇañcātiādīsu cakkhuviññāṇassa hi aññaṃ vatthu, aññaṃ ārammaṇaṃ. Aññaṃ sotaviññāṇādīnaṃ. Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ sotapasādādīsu aññataraṃ vatthuṃ, saddādīsu vā aññataraṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā kappato kappaṃ gantvāpi na uppajjati; cakkhupasādameva pana vatthuṃ katvā rūpañca ārammaṇaṃ katvā uppajjati. Evamassa vatthupi dvārampi ārammaṇampi nibaddhaṃ, aññaṃ vatthuṃ vā dvāraṃ vā ārammaṇaṃ vā na saṅkamati, nibaddhavatthu nibaddhadvāraṃ nibaddhārammaṇameva hutvā uppajjati. Sotaviññāṇādīsupi eseva nayo.
763 “不互相经验彼此的境域与对象”这句话的意思是:眼不经验耳的境域和对象,耳也不经验眼的境域和对象,就像这样,每一个都不经验另一个的境域和对象。假如把蓝色等各种颜色的所缘汇集起来,带到耳根面前,说:“来,你先把它确定一下、分辨一下——这个所缘到底是什么?”这时,眼识即使没有嘴巴,也会按它自己的本性这样说:“喂,你这个愚笨的瞎子!你就算跑上一百年、一千年,除了我以外,还能在哪里找到能了知这个所缘的东西?把它拿来,放到眼净色上,我就能了知这个所缘——是蓝色还是黄色。因为这并不是别人的对象,只有我才能了知它。”其余诸识也是这样。这样一来,它们就叫作“不互相经验彼此的境域与对象”。巴利
763.Naaññamaññassa gocaravisayaṃ paccanubhontīti ettha aññamaññassa cakkhu sotassa, sotaṃ vā cakkhussāti evaṃ ekaṃ ekassa gocaravisayaṃ na paccanubhotīti attho. Sace hi nīlādibhedaṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ samodhānetvā sotindriyassa upaneyya ‘iṅgha tāva naṃ vavatthāpehi vibhāvehi – kiṃ nāmetaṃ ārammaṇa’nti, cakkhuviññāṇaṃ vināpi mukhena attano dhammatāya evaṃ vadeyya – ‘are andhabāla, vassasatampi vassasahassampi paridhāvamāno aññatra mayā kuhiṃ etassa jānanakaṃ labhissasi; āhara naṃ cakkhupasāde upanehi; ahametaṃ ārammaṇaṃ jānissāmi – yadi vā nīlaṃ yadi vā pītakaṃ. Na hi eso aññassa visayo; mayhameveso visayo’ti. Sesaviññāṇesupi eseva nayo. Evamete aññamaññassa gocaravisayaṃ na paccanubhonti nāma.
764 对于正在合取的人,就是指仅仅通过转向而合取的人。巴利
764.Samannāharantassāti āvajjaneneva samannāharantassa.
对于正在注意的人,就是指仅仅通过转向就在注意的人。因为这些心只有在通过转向被引聚起来、被注意的时候才生起。巴利
Manasikarontassāti āvajjaneneva manasikarontassa. Etāni hi cittāni āvajjanena samannāhaṭakāle manasikatakāleyeva ca uppajjanti.
不是混杂的:它们不会与其他识混杂而无间断地生起。由此否定了它们的无间性。巴利
Na abbokiṇṇāti aññena viññāṇena abbokiṇṇā nirantarāva nuppajjanti. Etena tesaṃ anantaratā paṭikkhittā.
765 并非非先非后,这就否定了它们一切同时生起。并非互相等无间,这就否定了等无间性。巴利
765.Na apubbaṃ acarimanti etena sabbesampi sahuppatti paṭikkhittā. Naaññamaññassa samanantarāti etena samanantaratā paṭikkhittā.
766 “转向”等四个名称,其实都是指“转向”本身。因为它从有分(潜意识的相续流)回转过来,所以叫“转向”;因为它向有分弯曲倾向,所以叫“倾向”;因为它把色等对象收拢聚集起来,所以叫“收聚”;因为它对色等对象作意,所以叫“作意”。这样一来,简要地说,这里否定了五识在转向的位置上能够执行转向等作用。巴利
766.Āvaṭṭanā vātiādīni cattāripi āvajjanasseva nāmāni. Tañhi bhavaṅgassa āvaṭṭanato āvaṭṭanā, tasseva ābhujanato ābhogo, rūpādīnaṃ samannāharaṇato samannāhāro, tesaṃyeva manasikaraṇato manasikāroti vuccati. Evamettha saṅkhepato pañcannaṃ viññāṇānaṃ āvajjanaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā āvajjanādikiccaṃ kātuṃ samatthabhāvo paṭikkhitto.
不了知任何一种法:就像“诸法以意为先导”所说的那样,连一个善法或不善法也不了知。巴利
Na kañci dhammaṃ paṭivijānātīti ‘‘manopubbaṅgamā dhammā’’ti (dha. pa. 1-2) evaṃ vuttaṃ ekampi kusalaṃ vā akusalaṃ vā na paṭivijānāti.
除了单纯的现前之外,就是除了色等单纯的现前之外。这里说的是:即使是一个很聪明的人,除了当下现前的色等之外,对于善法或不善法中的任何一个法,都不会用五种识中的任何一种去了知。在这里,眼识只是看而已,耳识等也只是听、嗅、尝、触而已。除了单纯的看等之外,它们并没有对善等法的了知。巴利
Aññatraabhinipātamattāti ṭhapetvā rūpādīnaṃ abhinipātamattaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – supaṇḍitopi puriso, ṭhapetvā āpāthagatāni rūpādīni, aññaṃ kusalākusalesu ekadhammampi pañcahi viññāṇehi na paṭivijānāti. Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ panettha dassanamattameva hoti. Sotaviññāṇādīni savanaghāyanasāyanaphusanamattāneva. Dassanādimattato pana muttā aññā etesaṃ kusalādipaṭiviññatti nāma natthi.
“意界也是如此”,意思是:领受的意界也是如此。这里的“也”字有总括的作用。因此,意界以及此后诸意识界,连同全部五门识,都不能了知任何善或不善的法,应当这样理解这里的含义。巴利
Manodhātuyāpīti sampaṭicchanamanodhātuyāpi. Sampiṇḍanattho cettha pikāro. Tasmā manodhātuyāpi tato parāhi manoviññāṇadhātūhipīti sabbehipi pañcadvārikaviññāṇehi na kañci kusalākusalaṃ dhammaṃ paṭivijānātīti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo.
“不造作任何威仪”等说法,也是同样的道理。因为五门识不会在行走等行为中造作任何威仪,不会发起身业或语业,不会执取善法或不善法,不会进入世间定或出世间定,不会从世间定或出世间定中出定,不会从某一有死去,也不会在另一有中投生。所有这些作用,直到以“了知善不善法”等语句所涵盖的一切,都只由意门心完成,而不是由五门心完成。因此,在完成这一切作用时,与速行俱起的路心都被排除了。正如这些作用在它们那里不存在,入决定等事也同样不存在。因为五门速行不会进入邪性决定,也不会进入正性决定;这种速行不会缘名姓而生起,不会缘遍等概念而生起;不会以相为所缘而作为观照转起,不会作为导向出起的强力观照而转起;不会缘色法、无色法而生起,不会缘涅槃而生起;与它一起不会生起无碍解智,不会生起神通智,不会生起声闻波罗蜜智,不会生起缘觉菩提智,不会生起一切知智。而所有这些差别,都只在意门速行中才能获得。巴利
Na kañci iriyāpathaṃ kappetītiādīsupi eseva nayo. Na hi pañcadvārikaviññāṇehi gamanādīsu kañci iriyāpathaṃ kappeti, na kāyakammaṃ na vacīkammaṃ paṭṭhapeti, na kusalākusalaṃ dhammaṃ samādiyati, na samādhiṃ samāpajjati lokiyaṃ vā lokuttaraṃ vā, na samādhito vuṭṭhāti lokiyā vā lokuttarā vā, na bhavato cavati, na bhavantare upapajjati. Sabbampi hetaṃ kusalākusaladhammapaṭivijānanādivacanapariyosānaṃ kiccaṃ manodvārikacitteneva hoti, na pañcadvārikenāti sabbassāpetassa kiccassa karaṇe sahajavanakāni vīthicittāni paṭikkhittāni. Yathā cetesaṃ etāni kiccāni natthi, evaṃ niyāmokkamanādīnipi. Na hi pañcadvārikajavanena micchattaniyāmaṃ okkamati, na sammattaniyāmaṃ; na cetaṃ javanaṃ nāmagottamārabbha javati, na kasiṇādipaṇṇattiṃ; na lakkhaṇārammaṇikavipassanāvasena pavattati, na vuṭṭhānagāminībalavavipassanāvasena; na rūpārūpadhamme ārabbha javati, na nibbānaṃ; na cetena saddhiṃ paṭisambhidāñāṇaṃ uppajjati, na abhiññāñāṇaṃ, na sāvakapāramīñāṇaṃ, na paccekabodhiñāṇaṃ, na sabbaññutañāṇaṃ. Sabbopi panesa pabhedo manodvārikajavaneyeva labbhati.
不入睡、不觉醒、不做梦,意思是:以一切五门心,他既不入眠,也不睡着,不觉醒,也不做任何梦——在这三点上,连同速行在内的路心都被排除了。巴利
Na supati na paṭibujjhati na supinaṃ passatīti sabbenāpi ca pañcadvārikacittena neva niddaṃ okkamati, na niddāyati, na paṭibujjhati, na kiñca supinaṃ passatīti imesu tīsu ṭhānesu saha javanena vīthicittaṃ paṭikkhittaṃ.
确实,当人在睡觉时,有人点亮了大灯芯的灯,把灯拿到靠近眼睛的地方,第一次眼门的转向不牵动有分,只有意门转向才牵动有分。接着速行运行之后,就沉入有分。第二次时,眼门的转向牵动了有分。从那时起,眼识等运行到速行结束。紧接着,有分继续运行。第三次时,以意门转向牵动有分后,意门速行开始运行。以那个心识了知之后,他知道:“这地方的光是什么?”巴利
Niddāyantassa hi mahāvaṭṭiṃ jāletvā dīpe cakkhusamīpe upanīte paṭhamaṃ cakkhudvārikaṃ āvajjanaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ na āvaṭṭeti, manodvārikameva āvaṭṭeti. Atha javanaṃ javitvā bhavaṅgaṃ otarati. Dutiyavāre cakkhudvārikaṃ āvajjanaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ āvaṭṭeti. Tato cakkhuviññāṇādīni javanapariyosānāni pavattanti. Tadanantaraṃ bhavaṅgaṃ pavattati. Tatiyavāre manodvārikaāvajjanena bhavaṅge āvaṭṭite manodvārikajavanaṃ javati. Tena cittena ñatvā ‘kiṃ ayaṃ imasmiṃ ṭhāne āloko’ti jānāti.
同样,当人在睡觉时,耳边有人奏起乐器,或鼻边有人拿来香花或臭花,或口中被放入酥油或糖浆,或背上被人用手掌打了一下,第一次耳门等的转向不会让有分转动,只有意门转向让它转动。接着速行跑完以后,就沉入有分。第二次,耳门等的转向让有分转动。从那时起,耳识、鼻识、舌识、身识等生起,一直到速行结束。紧接着有分继续运转。第三次,以意门转向让有分转动后,意门速行开始运作。以那个心识了知之后,他就会说出这样的话:“这地方的声音是什么——是螺声还是鼓声?”或者“这地方的气味是什么——是根香还是木心香?”或者“放进我嘴里的是什么味道——是酥油还是糖浆?”或者“是谁打了我的背?这一下打得真重。”像这样,他只是靠意门速行醒来,不是靠五门。做梦也是只靠那个心识看见的,不是靠五门。巴利
Tathā niddāyantassa kaṇṇasamīpe tūriyesu paggahitesu, ghānasamīpe sugandhesu vā duggandhesu vā pupphesu upanītesu, mukhe sappimhi vā phāṇite vā pakkhitte, piṭṭhiyaṃ pāṇinā pahāre dinne paṭhamaṃ sotadvārikādīni āvajjanāni bhavaṅgaṃ na āvaṭṭenti, manodvārikameva āvaṭṭeti. Atha javanaṃ javitvā bhavaṅgaṃ otarati. Dutiyavāre sotadvārikādīni āvajjanāni bhavaṅgaṃ āvaṭṭenti. Tato sotaghānajivhākāyaviññāṇādīni javanapariyosānāni pavattanti. Tadanantaraṃ bhavaṅgaṃ pavattati. Tatiyavāre manodvārikaāvajjanena bhavaṅge āvaṭṭite manodvārikajavanaṃ javati. Tena cittena ñatvā ‘kiṃ ayaṃ imasmiṃ ṭhāne saddo – saṅkhasaddo, bherisaddo’ti vā ‘kiṃ ayaṃ imasmiṃ ṭhāne gandho – mūlagandho, sāragandho’ti vā ‘kiṃ idaṃ mayhaṃ mukhe pakkhittarasaṃ – sappīti vā phāṇita’nti vā ‘kenamhi piṭṭhiyaṃ pahato, atithaddho me pahāro’ti vā vattāro honti. Evaṃ manodvārikajavaneneva paṭibujjhati, na pañcadvārikena. Supinampi teneva passati, na pañcadvārikena.
而做梦的人,会通过四种原因做梦:一是界扰动,二是曾经经历过,三是天神示现,四是前兆。其中,因为胆汁等能引起扰动的条件起作用,界被扰动,这就是以界扰动而做梦。做梦时会见到各种各样的梦:好像从山上坠落,好像在空中行走,好像被猛兽、大象、盗贼等追赶。以曾经经历过而做梦的人,会见到过去曾经经历过的对象。以天神示现而做梦的人,天神为了利益他或损害他,为了有利或不利,会示现各种各样的对象;他依靠那些天神的威力而见到那些对象。以前兆而做梦的人,因为福业或非福业,见到将要生起的利益或不利的前兆之梦,比如菩萨之母梦见得子的征兆,比如菩萨梦见五种大梦,比如憍萨罗王梦见十六种梦。巴利
Tañca panetaṃ supinaṃ passanto catūhi kāraṇehi passati – dhātukkhobhato vā anubhūtapubbato vā devatopasaṃhārato vā pubbanimittato vāti. Tattha pittādīnaṃ khobhakaraṇapaccayayogena khubhitadhātuko ‘dhātukkhobhato’ supinaṃ passati. Passanto ca nānāvidhaṃ supinaṃ passati – pabbatā patanto viya, ākāsena gacchanto viya, vāḷamigahatthicorādīhi anubaddho viya ca hoti. ‘Anubhūtapubbato’ passanto pubbe anubhūtapubbaṃ ārammaṇaṃ passati. ‘Devatopasaṃhārato’ passantassa devatā atthakāmatāya vā anatthakāmatāya vā atthāya vā anatthāya vā nānāvidhāni ārammaṇāni upasaṃharanti. So tāsaṃ devatānaṃ ānubhāvena tāni ārammaṇāni passati. Pubbanimittato passanto puññāpuññavasena uppajjitukāmassa atthassa vā anatthassa vā pubbanimittabhūtaṃ supinaṃ passati bodhisattamātā viya puttapaṭilābhanimittaṃ, bodhisatto viya pañca mahāsupine (a. ni. 5.196), kosalarājā viya ca soḷasa supineti (jā. 1.1.41).
在这里,如果是由于界(体液等)扰动、或者由于过去曾经历过而做梦,那个梦不是真的。如果是由于天神示现而看到的,那个梦可能是真的,也可能是假的。因为发怒的天神想用手段加以破坏,也会把颠倒的影像显示出来。这里有一个事例:据说在罗哈纳的龙大寺,有一位大长老没有告知比丘僧团,就让人砍了一棵龙树。住在树上的天神对长老发怒,先引诱他,然后在梦中告诉他:“从今天起第七天,你的护持者国王会死。”长老把这话转告给后宫。她们顿时放声大哭。国王问:“发生什么事了?”她们禀告说:“长老是这样说的。”国王数着日子,过了七天之后大怒,命人砍断了长老的手和脚。巴利
Tattha yaṃ dhātukkhobhato anubhūtapubbato ca supinaṃ passati, na taṃ saccaṃ hoti. Yaṃ devatopasaṃhārato passati, taṃ saccaṃ vā hoti alikaṃ vā. Kuddhā hi devatā upāyena vināsetukāmā viparītampi katvā dassenti. Tatridaṃ vatthu – rohaṇe kira nāgamahāvihāre mahāthero bhikkhusaṅghaṃ anapaloketvāva ekaṃ nāgarukkhaṃ chindāpesi. Rukkhe adhivatthā devatā therassa kuddhā paṭhamameva naṃ palobhetvā pacchā ‘ito te sattadivasamatthake upaṭṭhāko rājā marissatī’ti supine ārocesi. Thero naṃ kathaṃ āharitvā rājorodhānaṃ ācikkhi. Tā ekappahāreneva mahāviravaṃ viraviṃsu. Rājā ‘kiṃ eta’nti pucchi. Tā ‘evaṃ therena vutta’nti ārocayiṃsu. Rājā divase gaṇāpetvā sattāhe vītivatte kujjhitvā therassa hatthapāde chindāpesi.
不过,从前兆所见的梦,则是绝对真实的。而且,由于这四种根本原因的交错差别,梦也确实有种种差别。而这四种梦,只有有学和凡夫才能见到,因为他们还没有断除颠倒;无学则见不到,因为他们已经断除了颠倒。巴利
Yaṃ pana pubbanimittato passati taṃ ekantasaccameva hoti. Etesañca catunnaṃ mūlakāraṇānaṃ saṃsaggabhedatopi supinabhedo hotiyeva. Tañca panetaṃ catubbidhaṃ supinaṃ sekkhaputhujjanāva passanti appahīnavipallāsattā; asekkhā na passanti pahīnavipallāsattā.
那么,见到梦的人,是在睡着时见,还是醒来时见?还是既不在睡着时也不在醒来时见?这里,如果是在睡着时见,就与阿毗达摩相违。因为他是以有分心入睡的,而有分心并不以色相之类为所缘,也不与贪等相应。可是正在见梦的人生起的,正是这类心。如果是在醒来时见,就与律藏相违。因为醒来时所见,是以一切遍行心见的;而以一切遍行心造作违犯,就绝不可能算是无犯。但见梦的人造作违犯,则决定是无犯。如果既不在睡着时也不在醒来时见,那就不算见梦了。这样一来,梦岂不是根本不存在?并非不存在。为什么?因为被猴睡所支配的人会见梦。这正是经文所说的:“大王,被猴睡所支配的人见梦。”所谓“被猴睡所支配”,就是处于像猴子那样的睡眠。正如猴子的睡眠轻浅易转,那种因为反复夹杂善心等而轻浅易转、在其持续时心反复从有分跃出的睡眠,处于这种睡眠的人就会见梦。因此,这梦可以是善的、不善的,也可以是无记的。其中,在梦的末尾礼敬塔庙、听法、说法等,是善的;杀生等,是不善的;脱离这两种情况,在转向心和彼所缘的刹那,应当知道是无记的。单就梦本身来说,在说“我好像见过、我好像听过”的时候,也是无记的。巴利
Kiṃ pana taṃ passanto sutto passati, paṭibuddho? Udāhu neva sutto passati na paṭibuddhoti? Kiñcettha yadi tāva sutto passati, abhidhammavirodho āpajjati. Bhavaṅgacittena hi supati. Tañca rūpanimittādiārammaṇaṃ rāgādisampayuttaṃ vā na hoti. Supinaṃ passantassa ca īdisāni cittāni uppajjanti. Atha paṭibuddho passati, vinayavirodho āpajjati. Yañhi paṭibuddho passati, taṃ sabbohārikacittena passati. Sabbohārikacittena ca kate vītikkame anāpatti nāma natthi. Supinaṃ passantena pana kate vītikkame ekantaṃ anāpatti eva. Atha neva sutto na paṭibuddho passati, na supinaṃ nāma passati. Evañhi sati supinassa abhāvova āpajjati? Na abhāvo . Kasmā? Yasmā kapimiddhapareto passati. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ – ‘‘kapimiddhapareto kho, mahārāja, supinaṃ passatī’’ti (mi. pa. 5.3.5). ‘Kapimiddhapareto’ti makkaṭaniddāya yutto. Yathā hi makkaṭassa niddā lahuparivattā hoti, evaṃ yā niddā punappunaṃ kusalādicittavokiṇṇattā lahuparivattā; yassā pavattiyaṃ punappunaṃ bhavaṅgato uttaraṇaṃ hoti, tāya yutto supinaṃ passati. Tenāyaṃ supino kusalopi hoti akusalopi abyākatopi 386. Tattha supinante cetiyavandanadhammassavanadhammadesanādīni karontassa kusalo, pāṇātipātādīni karontassa akusalo, dvīhi antehi mutto āvajjanatadārammaṇakkhaṇe abyākatoti veditabbo. Supineneva ‘diṭṭhaṃ viya me, sutaṃ viya me’ti kathanakālepi abyākatoyeva.
那么,梦中造的善业或不善业,有没有果报呢?是有果报的。不过因为它力量太弱,没办法牵引结生,只能等别的业带来结生之后,在那一世的生命过程中受报。巴利
Kiṃ pana supine kataṃ kusalākusalaṃ kammaṃ savipākaṃ avipākanti? Savipākaṃ; dubbalattā pana paṭisandhiṃ ākaḍḍhituṃ na sakkoti, dinnāya aññakammena paṭisandhiyā pavatte vedanīyaṃ hoti.
前面五识的“不是因”这一状态,就是如实的状态。它能显示那个如实的所依,所以叫“如实显示所依”。同样,前面五识的“没有因”“被老征服”“不是做梦时见到的”这些状态,也是如实的状态。它能显示那个如实的所依,所以叫“如实显示所依”。这样,之前在论母中列出的“如实显示所依之慧”,就应当理解为这种如实显示所依的慧。而且,依据它,以单一方式来说,就是“智事”;像这样,或者按每一个部分来计数智,或者以单一方式来界定智的范围。巴利
Evaṃ yāthāvakavatthuvibhāvanā paññāti pañcannaṃ viññāṇānaṃ na hetvaṭṭho yāthāvaṭṭho. Taṃ yāthāvaṭṭhaṃ vatthuṃ vibhāvetīti yāthāvakavatthuvibhāvanā. Tathā pañcannaṃ viññāṇānaṃ ahetukaṭṭho, jarābhibhūtaṭṭho, na supinaṃ passanaṭṭho, yāthāvaṭṭho. Taṃ yāthāvaṭṭhaṃ vatthuṃ vibhāvetīti yāthāvakavatthuvibhāvanā. Iti yā heṭṭhā ‘‘yāthāvakavatthuvibhāvanā paññā’’ti mātikāya nikkhittā, sā evaṃ yāthāvakavatthuvibhāvanā paññāti veditabbā. Tassā eva ca vasena evaṃ ekavidhena ñāṇavatthūti evaṃ ekekakoṭṭhāsena ñāṇagaṇanā ekena vā ākārena ñāṇaparicchedo hoti.
二法解说的注释巴利
(2.) Dukaniddesavaṇṇanā
767 在“二种智事”的解说中,“于四地中的善”指的是有学圣者和凡夫属于四地的善慧。按照《分别论》之无碍解分别中所说的五种义,这种慧能使属于各自地、被称为异熟的意义生起、产生、运转,所以叫“令义生起者”。阿罗汉生起神通、生起等至时,属于唯作无记;也就是说,在神通和等至的加行阶段,是欲界唯作慧。这种慧能使被称为唯作的神通与等至之差别义生起、产生、运转,所以说它是“令义生起之慧”。另外还有一种不依巴利原文的注释方式:前一个欲界唯作以无间等缘的方式作为后一个欲界唯作的缘,那个慧也能使那种唯作之义生起,所以也叫“令义生起之慧”。在色界和无色界中,也是同样的道理。巴利
767. Duvidhena ñāṇavatthuniddese catūsu bhūmīsu kusaleti sekkhaputhujjanānaṃ catubhūmakakusalapaññā. Paṭisambhidāvibhaṅge vuttesu pañcasu atthesu attano attano bhūmipariyāpannaṃ vipākasaṅkhātaṃ atthaṃ jāpeti janeti pavattetīti atthajāpikā. Arahato abhiññaṃ uppādentassa samāpattiṃ uppādentassa kiriyābyākateti abhiññāya ceva samāpattiyā ca parikammasamaye kāmāvacarakiriyapaññā. Sā hi abhiññāsamāpattipabhedaṃ kiriyasaṅkhātaṃ atthaṃ jāpeti janeti pavattetīti atthajāpikā paññāti vuttā. Ayaṃ pana aparopi pāḷimuttako aṭṭhakathānayo – yāpi hi purimā kāmāvacarakiriyā pacchimāya kāmāvacarakiriyāya anantarādivasena paccayo hoti, sāpi taṃ kiriyatthaṃ jāpetīti atthajāpikā paññā nāma. Rūpāvacarārūpāvacaresupi eseva nayo.
在第二句的解说中,“于四地中的异熟”是指:在欲界异熟里,慧以俱生等缘的力量,令欲界异熟这个意义生起并住立,所以是“已令生起之义”。在色界等的异熟慧中,也是同样的道理。或者,所有这一切都由各自的原因所生起、产生、转起,而自身也是意义,所以是“已令生起之义”。对于阿拉汉已生起的神通、已生起的等至,所说的唯作慧,也是同样的道理。另外还有一种不依巴利原文的注释方式:欲界唯作慧也以俱生等缘的力量,令被称为欲界唯作的意义生起并住立,所以是“已令生起之义”。在色界、无色界的唯作慧中,也是同样的道理。或者,所有这一切都由各自的原因所生起、产生、转起,而自身也是意义,所以是“已令生起之义”。这里其余的一切,因为在《法集论注释》中已按所说的方式阐明,所以是清楚的。巴利
Dutiyapadaniddese catūsu bhūmīsu vipāketi kāmāvacaravipāke paññā sahajātādipaccayavasena kāmāvacaravipākatthaṃ jāpetvā ṭhitāti jāpitatthā. Rūpāvacarādivipākapaññāsupi eseva nayo. Sabbāpi vā esā attano attano kāraṇehi jāpitā janitā pavattitā sayampi atthabhūtātipi jāpitatthā. Arahato uppannāya abhiññāya uppannāya samāpattiyāti vuttakiriyapaññāyapi eseva nayo. Ayaṃ pana aparopi pāḷimuttako aṭṭhakathānayo – kāmāvacarakiriyapaññāpi hi sahajātādivasena kāmāvacarakiriyasaṅkhātaṃ atthaṃ jāpetvā ṭhitāti jāpitatthā. Rūpāvacarārūpāvacarakiriyapaññāsupi eseva nayo. Sabbāpi vā esā attano attano kāraṇehi jāpitā janitā pavattitā sayañca atthabhūtātipi jāpitatthā. Sesamettha sabbaṃ dhammasaṅgahaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttanayattā pākaṭamevāti.
三法解说的注释巴利
(3.) Tikaniddesavaṇṇanā
768 在三种智事的解说中,“与瑜伽所成”里的“瑜伽”指慧,意思是“与慧所成、由慧所转变”。“于业处”中,业本身就是业处;或者说,业既是业又是处,也是活命等的依处,所以叫业处。“于技艺处”也是同样的道理。其中,业有两种:低劣的和殊胜的。低劣的业,比如木匠活、丢弃花的工作等。殊胜的业,比如农耕、经商、牧牛等。技艺也有两种:低劣的和殊胜的。低劣的技艺,比如编竹器的技艺、织布的技艺、制陶的技艺、制革的技艺、理发的技艺等。殊胜的技艺,比如印章、算术、书写等,也就是各种学问。这里只取合乎正法的。至于像龙曼荼罗护咒、伏魔咒这类,以及外科、刀针术等医术,虽然因为“老师,我想学技艺”而属于技艺处,但这里不取。巴利
768. Tividhena ñāṇavatthuniddese yogavihitesūti yogo vuccati paññā; paññāvihitesu paññāpariṇāmitesūti attho. Kammāyatanesūti ettha kammameva kammāyatanaṃ; atha vā kammañca taṃ āyatanañca ājīvādīnantipi kammāyatanaṃ. Sippāyatanesupi eseva nayo. Tattha duvidhaṃ kammaṃ – hīnañca ukkaṭṭhañca. Tattha hīnaṃ nāma vaḍḍhakīkammaṃ, pupphachaḍḍakakammanti evamādi. Ukkaṭṭhaṃ nāma kasi, vaṇijjā, gorakkhanti evamādi. Sippampi duvidhaṃ hīnañca ukkaṭṭhañca. Tattha hīnaṃ sippaṃ nāma naḷakārasippaṃ, pesakārasippaṃ, kumbhakārasippaṃ, cammakārasippaṃ, nhāpitasippanti evamādi. Ukkaṭṭhaṃ nāma sippaṃ muddā, gaṇanā, lekhañcāti evamādi vijjāva vijjāṭṭhānaṃ. Taṃ dhammikameva gahitaṃ. Nāgamaṇḍalaparittasadisaṃ, phudhamanakamantasadisaṃ, sālākiyaṃ , sallakattiyantiādīni pana vejjasatthāni ‘‘icchāmahaṃ, ācariya, sippaṃ sikkhitu’’nti (mahāva. 329) sippāyatane paviṭṭhattā na gahitāni.
在这里,有一位智者为了让人生活得安稳舒适,也出于自己的天性,发明了房屋、宫殿、车乘、船只等。他怀着利益他人的心,想到“这些人没有住处就会受苦”,便造出长方形、正方形等各式房屋;为了抵挡寒冷和炎热,他建造一层、二层等各式宫殿;想到“没有车乘,往来行走就是受苦”,为了消除腿脚疲劳,他发明了轿子、车辆、货车等;想到“没有船,就无法在大海等处通行”,他造出各种船只。这一切,他既没有看见别人在做,也没有学别人做好的成品,也没有听别人讲述,而是完全凭自己的天性思考而做。因为智者凭自己的天性所做出来的东西,和别人通过学习再做出来的东西,效果是一样的。以上就是关于低劣业的部分。巴利
Tattha eko paṇḍito manussānaṃ phāsuvihāratthāya attano ca dhammatāya gehapāsādayānanāvādīni uppādeti. So hi ‘ime manussā vasanaṭṭhānena vinā dukkhitā’ti hitakiriyāya ṭhatvā dīghacaturassādibhedaṃ gehaṃ uppādeti, sītuṇhapaṭighātatthāya ekabhūmikadvibhūmikādibhede pāsāde karoti, ‘yāne asati anusañcaraṇaṃ nāma dukkha’nti jaṅghākilamathapaṭivinodanatthāya vayhasakaṭasandamānikādīni uppādeti, ‘nāvāya asati samuddādīsu sañcāro nāma natthī’ti nānappakāraṃ nāvaṃ uppādeti. So sabbampetaṃ neva aññehi kayiramānaṃ passati, na kataṃ uggaṇhāti, na kathentānaṃ suṇāti, attano pana dhammatāya cintāya karoti. Paññavatā hi attano dhammatāya katampi aññehi uggaṇhitvā karontehi katasadisameva hoti. Ayaṃ tāva hīnakamme nayo.
即使在最殊胜的业中,也有一位智者想到“如果没有农耕,人们的生计就无法维持”,为了让大家生活得安稳舒适,便发明了轭、犁等农具;同样也开创了各种商业和牧牛业。这一切,他并不是看到别人在做……(中略)……结果完全一样。这是关于最殊胜业的方法。巴利
Ukkaṭṭhakammepi ‘kasikamme asati manussānaṃ jīvitaṃ na pavattatī’ti eko paṇḍito manussānaṃ phāsuvihāratthāya yuganaṅgalādīni kasibhaṇḍāni uppādeti; tathā nānappakāraṃ vāṇijakammaṃ gorakkhañca uppādeti. So sabbampetaṃ neva aññehi kariyamānaṃ passati…pe… katasadisameva hoti. Ayaṃ ukkaṭṭhakamme nayo.
在两种工巧处中也是如此:有一位智者,为了让人们生活得安稳舒适,发明了竹器制作等低等手艺,发明了用手势表示数字的计数法,也就是所谓“印算”,发明了所谓“不间断”的算术,还发明了以“论母”分类等种种文字。这一切,他并不是看到别人在做……(中略)……做出来的效果却完全一样。这就是工巧处的情形。巴利
Duvidhepi pana sippāyatane eko paṇḍito manussānaṃ phāsuvihāratthāya naḷakārasippādīni hīnasippāni, hatthamuddāya gaṇanasaṅkhātaṃ muddaṃ, acchinnakasaṅkhātaṃ gaṇanaṃ, mātikāppabhedakādibhedañca lekhaṃ uppādeti. So sabbampetaṃ neva aññehi kariyamānaṃ passati…pe… katasadisameva hoti. Ayaṃ sippāyatane nayo.
不过,有些智者为了治疗被非人、蛇等侵害的人,会创造出合乎正法的龙曼荼罗咒等明处(知识技艺)。这些明处,他并不是看到别人在做,也不是学习别人已经做成的,更不是听别人讲述的,而是凭自己的法性思维而做出来的。因为智者凭自己的法性所造出的东西,跟别人通过学习之后所造出的,确实是一样的。巴利
Ekacco pana paṇḍito amanussasarīsapādīhi upaddutānaṃ manussānaṃ tikicchanatthāya dhammikāni nāgamaṇḍalamantādīni vijjāṭṭhānāni uppādeti, tāni neva aññehi kariyamānāni passati, na katāni uggaṇhāti, na kathentānaṃ suṇāti, attano pana dhammatāya cintāya karoti. Paññavatā hi attano dhammatāya katampi aññehi uggaṇhitvā karontehi katasadisameva hoti.
“业是属于自己”的智慧,是指这样了知:“这个业是众生自己的,这个业不是众生自己的。”或者说“随顺于谛”的智慧,就是指观智。因为这种观智能随顺于四圣谛,所以称为随顺于谛。现在为了说明它的运作方式,就说了“色是无常”等话。在这里,只提到了无常相,没有提到苦相和无我相,但应该知道,从意义上说它们也已经包含在内了——因为凡是无常的,就是苦;凡是苦的,就是无我。巴利
Kammassakataṃvāti ‘‘idaṃ kammaṃ sattānaṃ sakaṃ, idaṃ no saka’’nti evaṃ jānanañāṇaṃ. Saccānulomikaṃ vāti vipassanāñāṇaṃ. Tañhi catunnaṃ saccānaṃ anulomanato saccānulomikanti vuccati. Idānissa pavattanākāraṃ dassetuṃ rūpaṃ aniccanti vātiādi vuttaṃ. Ettha ca aniccalakkhaṇameva āgataṃ, na dukkhalakkhaṇaanattalakkhaṇāni, atthavasena pana āgatānevāti daṭṭhabbāni – yañhi aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ, yaṃ dukkhaṃ tadanattāti.
“如此性质”是指前面已经说明过的那种性质,也就是随顺的。忍耐等所有词,都只是智慧的别名。这个智慧不违背前面所说的业处等五种原因,所以是随顺的,称为随顺。同样,它随顺于利益众生的行为,随顺于道谛,随顺于究竟谛涅槃,因为随顺涅槃,所以也是随顺的。对于这一切原因,它能堪忍、能承受、能观察,所以叫忍耐;它能看见,所以叫见;它能欢喜,所以叫喜好;它能欣悦,所以叫欣悦;它能观察,所以叫观察。对于这一切业处等法,它都能审察、堪忍,尤其是对称为五蕴的诸法,当以无常、苦、无我的角度反复审察时,能堪忍这种审察,所以叫法审察忍。巴利
Yaṃ evarūpinti yaṃ evaṃ heṭṭhā niddiṭṭhasabhāvaṃ anulomikaṃ. Khantintiādīni sabbāni paññāvevacanāneva. Sā hi heṭṭhā vuttānaṃ kammāyatanādīnaṃ pañcannaṃ kāraṇānaṃ apaccanīkadassanena anulometīti anulomikā. Tathā sattānaṃ hitacariyāya anulometi, maggasaccassa anulometi, paramatthasaccassa nibbānassa anulomanato anulometītipi anulomikā. Sabbānipi etāni kāraṇāni khamati sahati daṭṭhuṃ sakkotīti khanti, passatīti diṭṭhi, rocetīti ruci, mudatīti mudi, pekkhatīti pekkhā. Sabbepissā te kammāyatanādayo dhammā nijjhānaṃ khamanti, visesato ca pañcakkhandhasaṅkhātā dhammā punappunaṃ aniccadukkhānattavasena nijjhāyamānā taṃ nijjhānaṃ khamantīti dhammanijjhānakhantī.
不从别人那里听来而获得:是指没有听过别人的教导,只靠自己思惟而获得。这称为思所成慧。不过,这种慧并不是随便什么人都能生起的,只有那些广为人知的大士才能生起。在这当中,随顺谛的智慧只会在两位菩萨身上生起;其余的智慧,则应当知道,会在一切圆满波罗蜜的大智慧者身上生起。巴利
Parato assutvā paṭilabhatīti aññassa upadesavacanaṃ assutvā sayameva cintento paṭilabhati. Ayaṃ vuccatīti ayaṃ cintāmayā paññā nāma vuccati. Sā panesā na yesaṃ kesañci uppajjati, abhiññātānaṃ pana mahāsattānameva uppajjati. Tatthāpi saccānulomikañāṇaṃ dvinnaṃyeva bodhisattānaṃ uppajjati. Sesapaññā sabbesampi pūritapāramīnaṃ mahāpaññānaṃ uppajjatīti veditabbā.
“从他人那里听闻而获得”这句话的意思是:不管是看到别人正在做或已经做成的业处等,还是听到任何人在讲说时所说的话,或者是在老师面前学习而得到的,这一切都应该知道,都叫作“从他人那里听闻而获得”。巴利
Paratosutvā paṭilabhatīti ettha kammāyatanādīni parena kariyamānāni vā katāni vā disvāpi yassa kassaci kathayamānassa vacanaṃ sutvāpi ācariyassa santike uggahetvāpi paṭiladdhā sabbā parato sutvāyeva paṭiladdhā nāmāti veditabbā.
已入定者,是指具备等至的人;意思是:在等至当中生起的慧,就叫修所成慧。巴利
Samāpannassāti samāpattisamaṅgissa; antosamāpattiyaṃ pavattā paññā bhāvanāmayā nāmāti attho.
769 关于布施是指依于布施,意思是以布施的思为缘。成就布施是指正在成就布施的人,也就是达到、得到布施的人。所生起的是指与布施的思相应而生起的那种慧,这就叫作施所成慧。而这种慧在三种情况下生起:当他想着我要布施时,正在布施时,以及布施之后回顾那布施时——也就是前思、舍思和后思。巴利
769.Dānaṃārabbhāti dānaṃ paṭicca; dānacetanāpaccayāti attho. Dānādhigacchāti dānaṃ adhigacchantassa; pāpuṇantassāti attho. Yā uppajjatīti yā evaṃ dānacetanāsampayuttā paññā uppajjati, ayaṃ dānamayā paññā nāma. Sā panesā ‘dānaṃ dassāmī’ti cintentassa, dānaṃ dentassa, dānaṃ datvā taṃ paccavekkhantassa pubbacetanā, muñcacetanā, aparacetanāti tividhena uppajjati.
以戒为所缘而说“获得戒”,在这里同样是指与戒思相应的戒所成慧。这个慧也是在三种情况下生起的:当他想着“我要圆满戒”时、正在圆满戒时、以及圆满戒之后回顾它时,也就是前思、脱思和后思。修所成慧则和前面所说的一样。巴利
Sīlaṃ ārabbha sīlādhigacchāti idhāpi sīlacetanāsampayuttāva sīlamayā paññāti adhippetā. Ayampi ‘sīlaṃ pūressāmī’ti cintentassa, sīlaṃ pūrentassa, sīlaṃ pūretvā taṃ paccavekkhantassa pubbacetanā, muñcacetanā, aparacetanāti tividheneva uppajjati. Bhāvanāmayā heṭṭhā vuttāyeva.
770 在增上戒、增上慧等项目中,戒等应当从两方面来理解:戒与增上戒,心与增上心,慧与增上慧。其中,依据“无论如来出世或不出世,这个法界、法的安住性、法的确定性始终安住”这一经典所包含的内容,五戒和十戒都称为戒。因为这种戒无论如来出世或不出世都存在。如来还没出世时,是谁让人知道这些戒的呢?是苦行者、游方者、一切知菩萨和转轮王让人知道的。如来出世时,则是比丘僧团、比丘尼僧团、近事男、近事女让人知道的。不过,巴帝摩卡防护戒比一切戒都更殊胜,只有在如来出世时才会生起,如来不出世时不会生起。而且只有一切知佛才能制定它。因为“在这件事上违犯,就叫做这个名称”这样的制定,不是其他人的领域,只有诸佛才有这个领域,这是诸佛的力量。因此,既然巴帝摩卡防护是增上戒,为了显示增上戒之慧,就说了“防护巴帝摩卡防护的人”等话。巴利
770. Adhisīlapaññādīsu sīlādīni duvidhena veditabbāni – sīlaṃ, adhisīlaṃ; cittaṃ, adhicittaṃ; paññā, adhipaññāti. Tattha ‘‘uppādā vā tathāgatānaṃ anuppādā vā tathāgatānaṃ ṭhitāva sā dhātu dhammaṭṭhitatā dhammaniyāmatā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.20; a. ni. 3.137) imāya tantiyā saṅgahitavasena pañcapi sīlāni dasapi sīlāni sīlaṃ nāma. Tañhi tathāgate uppannepi anuppannepi hoti. Anuppanne ke paññāpentīti? Tāpasaparibbājakā, sabbaññubodhisattā, cakkavattirājāno ca paññāpenti. Uppanne sammāsambuddhe bhikkhusaṅgho, bhikkhunīsaṅgho, upāsakā, upāsikāyo ca paññāpenti. Pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlaṃ pana sabbasīlehi adhikaṃ uppanneyeva tathāgate uppajjati, no anuppanne. Sabbaññubuddhāyeva ca naṃ paññāpenti. ‘‘Imasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ vītikkame idaṃ nāma hotī’’ti paññāpanañhi aññesaṃ avisayo, buddhānaṃyeva esa visayo, buddhānaṃ balaṃ. Iti yasmā pātimokkhasaṃvaro adhisīlaṃ, tasmā taṃ adhisīlapaññaṃ dassetuṃ pātimokkhasaṃvaraṃ saṃvarantassātiādi vuttaṃ.
按照前面所说的经典来归纳,以轮回为基础的八种等至,就叫作“心”。这个心,不管如来有没有出世,都是存在的。如来还没出世的时候,是谁让它生起来的呢?是苦行者和游方者、一切知菩萨,还有转轮王。如来出世的时候,那些志求解脱的比丘等人,也一样能让它生起来。不过,以观慧为根本的八种等至,比一切心都更殊胜,只有在如来出世的时候才生起,如来没出世时不会生起。而且只有一切知佛才能把它们开示出来。因此,因为八种等至是增上心,为了显示增上心所对应的慧,就说了“入色界定、无色界定的人”等等的话。巴利
Heṭṭhā vuttāya eva pana tantiyā saṅgahitavasena vaṭṭapādikā aṭṭha samāpattiyo cittaṃ nāma. Tañhi tathāgate uppannepi hoti anuppannepi. Anuppanne ke nibbattentīti? Tāpasaparibbājakā ceva sabbaññubodhisattā ca cakkavattirājāno ca. Uppanne bhagavati visesatthikā bhikkhuādayopi nibbattentiyeva. Vipassanāpādikā pana aṭṭha samāpattiyo sabbacittehi adhikā, uppanneyeva tathāgate uppajjanti, no anuppanne. Sabbaññubuddhā eva ca etā paññāpenti . Iti yasmā aṭṭha samāpattiyo adhicittaṃ, tasmā adhicittapaññaṃ dassetuṃ rūpāvacarārūpāvacarasamāpattiṃ samāpajjantassātiādi vuttaṃ.
按照前面所说的经典来归纳,业自性智就是所谓的慧。这种慧在如来出世或不出世时都存在。如来未出世时,它通过维拉摩布施、须大拏布施等事例生起;如来出世时,那些依这种智而行广大布施的人,其数量无法衡量。然而,道果慧比一切慧都更殊胜,只有在如来出世时才广泛流传、盛行,如来未出世时则没有。因此,由于道果慧是增上慧,为了显示比一般慧更殊胜的慧,才说了“于四道中”等话。巴利
Heṭṭhā vuttāya eva pana tantiyā saṅgahitavasena kammassakatañāṇaṃ paññā nāma. Tañhi tathāgate uppannepi hoti anuppannepi. Anuppanne velāmadānavessantaradānādivasena uppajjati; uppanne tena ñāṇena mahādānaṃ pavattentānaṃ pamāṇaṃ natthi. Maggaphalapaññā pana sabbapaññāhi adhikā, uppanneyeva tathāgate vitthārikā hutvā pavattati, no anuppanne. Iti yasmā maggaphalapaññā adhipaññā, tasmā atirekapaññāya paññaṃ dassetuṃ catūsu maggesūtiādi vuttaṃ.
在这里可以问:戒和增上戒、心和增上心、慧和增上慧,在这六类当中,观慧是依靠哪一类呢?答案是:依靠增上慧。因此,就像依着一把较小的伞或一面较小的旗幡,而把更大的称为超伞、超幡一样,同样地,应当知道:依五戒、十戒,而把巴帝摩卡防护戒称为增上戒;依属于轮回的八等至,而把以观为基础的八等至称为增上心;依业自性智,而把观慧、道慧和果慧称为增上慧。巴利
Tattha siyā – sīlaṃ, adhisīlaṃ; cittaṃ, adhicittaṃ; paññā, adhipaññāti imesu chasu koṭṭhāsesu vipassanā paññā katarasannissitāti? Adhipaññāsannissitā. Tasmā yathā omakatarappamāṇaṃ chattaṃ vā dhajaṃ vā upādāya atirekappamāṇaṃ atichattaṃ atidhajoti vuccati, evamidampi pañcasīlaṃ dasasīlaṃ upādāya pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlaṃ ‘adhisīlaṃ’ nāma; vaṭṭapādikā aṭṭha samāpattiyo upādāya vipassanāpādikā aṭṭha samāpattiyo ‘adhicittaṃ’ nāma, kammassakatapaññaṃ upādāya vipassanāpaññā ca maggapaññā ca phalapaññā ca ‘adhipaññā’ nāmāti veditabbā.
771 在“增长善巧”等解说中,因为“增长”就是增盛,它有两种:从损失利益和从产生利益而来;“衰退”就是不增盛,它也有两种:从损失利益和从产生非利益而来。因此,为了说明这一点,才说了“作意这些法……”等话。所谓“这被称为”,是指:对于这些不善法未生起时令其不生、已生起时令其断除,以及对于善法未生起时令其生起、已生起时令其安住,在这些当中的慧——这就被称为增长善巧。而对于善法未生起时令其不生、已生起时令其灭除,以及对于不善法未生起时令其生起、已生起时令其安住,在这些当中的慧——这就被称为衰退善巧,这是它的意思。增长善巧固然是慧,但衰退善巧怎么会也成为慧呢?因为只有有慧的人才能这样了知:“我这样作意时,未生的善法不生起,已生的善法则灭去;未生的不善法生起,已生的不善法则增长。”他这样知道之后,就不让未生的不善法生起,已生的则断除;让未生的善法生起,已生的则修习圆满。这样,衰退善巧也应当知道就是慧。一切在那种情况下适合的慧,就是方便善巧——不过这应当理解为:只有在紧急事务或怖畏生起时,为了对治它们,以了知处所与生起因缘的方式来了知。其余各处,意思都很明了。巴利
771. Āyakosallādiniddese yasmā āyoti vuḍḍhi, sā anatthahānito atthuppattito ca duvidhā; apāyoti avuḍḍhi, sāpi atthahānito anatthuppattito ca duvidhā; tasmā taṃ dassetuṃ ime dhamme manasikarototiādi vuttaṃ. Idaṃ vuccatīti yā imesaṃ akusaladhammānaṃ anuppattippahānesu kusaladhammānañca uppattiṭṭhitīsu paññā – idaṃ āyakosallaṃ nāma vuccati. Yā panesā kusaladhammānaṃ anuppajjananirujjhanesu akusaladhammānañca uppattiṭṭhitīsu paññā – idaṃ apāyakosallaṃ nāmāti attho. Āyakosallaṃ tāva paññā hotu; apāyakosallaṃ kathaṃ paññā nāma jātāti? Paññavāyeva hi ‘mayhaṃ evaṃ manasikaroto anuppannā kusalā dhammā nuppajjanti uppannā ca nirujjhanti; anuppannā akusalā dhammā uppajjanti, uppannā pavaḍḍhantī’ti pajānāti. So evaṃ ñatvā anuppannānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppajjituṃ na deti, uppanne pajahati; anuppanne kusale uppādeti, uppanne bhāvanāpāripūriṃ pāpeti. Evaṃ apāyakosallampi paññā evāti veditabbaṃ. Sabbāpi tatrūpāyā paññā upāyakosallanti idaṃ pana accāyikakicce vā bhaye vā uppanne tassa tikicchanatthaṃ ṭhānuppattiyakāraṇajānanavaseneva veditabbaṃ. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānatthamevāti.
(四)四法解说的注释巴利
(4.) Catukkaniddesavaṇṇanā
793 在四种智所依的解说中,对于“有布施”等说法,应当依照“以布施为缘而有果报”这个方式来理解它的含义。“这被称为”的意思是:那种能知道“这是我的业,这不是我的业”的智,就叫做业自属智。其中,三种身恶行、四种语恶行、三种意恶行,这些叫做非自属业。在三门中行持的十种善行,则叫做自属业。一切不善,不论是自己做的还是别人做的,都叫做非自属业。为什么呢?因为它破坏利益、产生无益。一切善,不论是自己做的还是别人做的,都叫做自属业。为什么呢?因为它破坏无益、产生利益。安住在能这样了知的业自属智中,广行布施、圆满戒行、受持布萨,从乐到乐、从成就到成就地享受之后,证得涅槃的人,数量无法计算。就像一位有钱人,把酥油、蜂蜜、糖浆以及盐、芝麻、米等装到五百辆车上,踏上荒野之路,因为已经带上了所有必需品,途中遇到需要时,他不用操心,不会恐惧,安乐地到达安稳之处;同样,安住在这个业自属智中,广行布施……乃至证得涅槃的人,数量也无法计算。除了顺谛智之外——因为它随顺道谛和胜义谛,所以得到“顺谛”这个名字——除了这个观智以外,其余一切有漏的善慧,都只是业自属智。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
793. Catubbidhena ñāṇavatthuniddese atthi dinnantiādīsu dinnapaccayā phalaṃ atthīti iminā upāyena attho veditabbo. Idaṃ vuccatīti yaṃ ñāṇaṃ ‘idaṃ kammaṃ sakaṃ, idaṃ no saka’nti jānāti – idaṃ kammassakatañāṇaṃ nāma vuccatīti attho. Tattha tividhaṃ kāyaduccaritaṃ, catubbidhaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ, tividhaṃ manoduccaritanti idaṃ na sakakammaṃ nāma. Tīsu dvāresu dasavidhampi sucaritaṃ sakakammaṃ nāma. Attano vāpi hotu parassa vā sabbampi akusalaṃ na sakakammaṃ nāma. Kasmā? Atthabhañjanato anatthajananato ca. Attano vā hotu parassa vā sabbampi kusalaṃ sakakammaṃ nāma. Kasmā? Anatthabhañjanato atthajananato ca. Evaṃ jānanasamatthe imasmiṃ kammassakatañāṇe ṭhatvā bahuṃ dānaṃ datvā sīlaṃ pūretvā uposathaṃ samādiyitvā sukhena sukhaṃ sampattiyā sampattiṃ anubhavitvā nibbānaṃ pattānaṃ gaṇanaparicchedo natthi. Yathā hi sadhano puriso pañcasu sakaṭasatesu sappimadhuphāṇitādīni ceva loṇatilataṇḍulādīni ca āropetvā kantāramaggaṃ paṭipanno kenacideva karaṇīyena atthe uppanne sabbesaṃ upakaraṇānaṃ gahitattā na cinteti, na paritassati, sukheneva khemantaṃ pāpuṇāti; evameva imasmimpi kammassakatañāṇe ṭhatvā bahuṃ dānaṃ datvā…pe… nibbānaṃ pattānaṃ gaṇanapatho natthi. Ṭhapetvā saccānulomikaṃ ñāṇanti maggasaccassa paramatthasaccassa ca anulomanato saccānulomikanti laddhanāmaṃ vipassanāñāṇaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesā sabbāpi sāsavā kusalā paññā kammassakatañāṇamevāti attho.
794 “与道相应者的智”以及“这也是苦中的智”这里,只有一种道智,它以对四谛的一体通达,被归摄在四个处所中。巴利
794.Maggasamaṅgissañāṇaṃ dukkhepetaṃ ñāṇanti ettha ekameva maggañāṇaṃ catūsu saccesu ekapaṭivedhavasena catūsu ṭhānesu saṅgahitaṃ.
796 于法之智:在这里,先说以对四谛的一体通达,道慧可以称为“于法之智”;那么果慧又怎么称为“于法之智”呢?是依灭谛来说的。因为这两种慧都不依赖他人,直接现证其义,在圣谛之法上,从作用和所缘两方面生起,所以应当知道它们都叫“于法之智”。在“他以此法”这一句里,道智以法为行境,按照行境的称呼方式而被称为“法”;或者,这里是具格作受格用,意思是“以了知此法者”;也就是说,以了知四谛法之后安住的道智。“以见”:以见智;“已见法而住”:意思是已见法而安住。“以达”:以到达四圣谛而安住,故为“以达法者”。“以知”:以道智令四圣谛被了知、显明,因此该法称为已了知,故为“以彼已了知法者”。“已深入”:已深入四谛法而安住。“引导理趣”:于过去与未来引导、运载、传送理趣。然而这不是道智的作用,而是省察智的作用。但世尊把道智说成于过去与未来引导理趣之相似者。为什么呢?因为以道为根本故。已修习道者,才有所谓省察。因此世尊把道智本身说成引导理趣之相似者。再者,此处应这样理解其义:凡这以四谛为行境的道智已证得,以那智为因,于过去与未来引导称为省察智的理趣。巴利
796.Dhamme ñāṇanti ettha maggapaññā tāva catunnaṃ saccānaṃ ekapaṭivedhavasena dhamme ñāṇaṃ nāma hotu; phalapaññā kathaṃ dhamme ñāṇaṃ nāmāti? Nirodhasaccavasena. Duvidhāpi hesā paññā aparappaccaye atthapaccakkhe ariyasaccadhamme kiccato ca ārammaṇato ca pavattattā dhamme ñāṇanti veditabbā. So iminā dhammenāti ettha maggañāṇaṃ dhammagocarattā gocaravohārena dhammoti vuttaṃ, upayogatthe vā karaṇavacanaṃ; imaṃ dhammaṃ ñātenāti attho; catusaccadhammaṃ jānitvā ṭhitena maggañāṇenāti vuttaṃ hoti. Diṭṭhenāti dassanena; dhammaṃ passitvā ṭhitenāti attho. Pattenāti cattāri ariyasaccāni patvā ṭhitattā dhammaṃ pattena. Viditenāti maggañāṇena cattāri ariyasaccāni viditāni pākaṭāni katāni. Tasmā taṃ dhammaṃ viditaṃ nāma hoti. Tena viditadhammena. Pariyogāḷhenāti catusaccadhammaṃ pariyogāhetvā ṭhitena. Nayaṃ netīti atīte ca anāgate ca nayaṃ neti harati peseti. Idaṃ pana na maggañāṇassa kiccaṃ, paccavekkhaṇañāṇassa kiccaṃ. Satthārā pana maggañāṇaṃ atītānāgate nayaṃ nayanasadisaṃ kataṃ. Kasmā? Maggamūlakattā. Bhāvitamaggassa hi paccavekkhaṇā nāma hoti. Tasmā satthā maggañāṇameva nayaṃ nayanasadisaṃ akāsi. Apica evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo – yadetaṃ iminā catusaccagocaraṃ maggañāṇaṃ adhigataṃ, tena ñāṇena kāraṇabhūtena atītānāgate paccavekkhaṇañāṇasaṅkhātaṃ nayaṃ neti.
现在,为了说明他是怎样以这种方式引导的,就说出“凡是那些在过去时……”等话。其中,“已了知”是指已经知道、已经通达。“就是这个”并不是说过去已了知的苦和未来将了知的苦是同一个,而是从相似的意义上这样说。因为在过去,除了渴爱之外,他们已了知三界诸蕴就是苦谛,渴爱就是集谛,涅槃就是灭谛,圣道就是道谛;在未来也会同样了知,现在也同样了知,所以从相似的意义上说“就是这个”。这称为“随行智”,也叫跟随智、引导智、因由智。巴利
Idāni yathā tena nayaṃ neti, taṃ ākāraṃ dassetuṃ ye hi keci atītamaddhānantiādimāha. Tattha abbhaññaṃsūti jāniṃsu paṭivijjhiṃsu. Imaññevāti yaṃ dukkhaṃ atīte abbhaññaṃsu, yañca anāgate abhijānissanti, na taññeva imaṃ; sarikkhaṭṭhena pana evaṃ vuttaṃ. Atītepi hi ṭhapetvā taṇhaṃ tebhūmakakkhandheyeva dukkhasaccanti paṭivijjhiṃsu, taṇhaṃyeva samudayasaccanti nibbānameva nirodhasaccanti ariyamaggameva maggasaccanti paṭivijjhiṃsu, anāgatepi evameva paṭivijjhissanti, etarahipi evameva paṭivijjhantīti sarikkhaṭṭhena ‘‘imaññevā’’ti vuttaṃ. Idaṃ vuccati anvaye ñāṇanti idaṃ anugamanañāṇaṃ nayanañāṇaṃ kāraṇañāṇanti vuccati.
“他心智”就是辨别他人心念的智。“其他众生”是指除了自己以外的其余众生。后面那个词只是它的另一种说法。“以自己的心遍知他人的心而了知”,意思是:用自己的心,按有贪、无贪等差别去辨别他们的心,再从各种角度去了知。关于“有贪心”等应当说明的内容,前面《念处分别》里已经讲过了。但这里有一个不同之处:这里说的“无上心”或“解脱心”,其中也包含出世间心。因为即使不是观智所缘的心,也仍然是他心智的对象。巴利
Pariyeñāṇanti cittaparicchedañāṇaṃ. Parasattānanti ṭhapetvā attānaṃ sesasattānaṃ. Itaraṃ tasseva vevacanaṃ. Cetasā ceto paricca pajānātīti attano cittena tesaṃ cittaṃ sarāgādivasena paricchinditvā nānappakārato jānāti. Sarāgaṃ vātiādīsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā satipaṭṭhānavibhaṅge vuttameva. Ayaṃ pana viseso – idha anuttaraṃ vā cittaṃ vimuttaṃ vā cittanti ettha lokuttarampi labbhati. Avipassanūpagampi hi paracittañāṇassa visayo hotiyeva.
除了“于法之智”等三种慧以外,其余的一切慧都叫作“共许智”,因为它们被普遍认可为“智”。这里的词义是:在共许之中的智,所以叫共许智。巴利
Avasesā paññāti dhamme ñāṇādikā tisso paññā ṭhapetvā sesā sabbāpi paññā ñāṇanti sammatattā sammutiñāṇaṃ nāma hoti. Vacanattho panettha sammutimhi ñāṇanti sammutiñāṇaṃ.
797 欲界善慧,因为它完全是在轮回中积集生死,所以被称为“为积集,非为损减”。而出世间道慧,因为它完全损减生死,所以被称为“为损减,非为积集”。色界和无色界的慧,既积集生死,又以镇伏的方式损减烦恼以及以烦恼为根源的诸法,所以被称为“既为积集,也为损减”。其余的慧,既不积集生死,也不损减生死,所以被称为“非为积集,非为损减”。巴利
797.Kāmāvacarakusale paññāti ayañhi ekantena vaṭṭasmiṃ cutipaṭisandhiṃ ācinateva, tasmā ‘‘ācayāya no apacayāyā’’ti vuttā. Lokuttaramaggapaññā pana yasmā cutipaṭisandhiṃ apacinateva, tasmā ‘‘apacayāya no ācayāyā’’ti vuttā. Rūpāvacarārūpāvacarapaññā cutipaṭisandhimpi ācinati, vikkhambhanavasena kilese ceva kilesamūlake ca dhamme apacinati, tasmā ‘‘ācayāya ceva apacayāya cā’’ti vuttā. Sesā neva cutipaṭisandhiṃ ācinati na apacinati, tasmā ‘‘neva ācayāya no apacayāyā’’ti vuttā.
798 “不证得神通”这句话,是就初禅的慧而说的。因为这种慧是通过离欲才能得到的,所以它能导向对烦恼的厌离。依靠这种慧,他对诸欲离了贪;但由于还没有达到神通基础的状态,所以他既不证得五种神通,也因为以相为所缘,而不证得诸谛。这样一来,这种慧是为了厌离,而不是为了证悟。“他”指的是证得初禅之后安住的人。“于诸欲离贪”是指仅仅就那些被镇伏的诸欲来说离贪。“证得神通”是指证得五种神通。这是就第四禅的慧而说的。因为第四禅的慧既能以神通基础的状态证得五种神通,也能以已经成就神通的状态而证得,所以它是为了证悟。然而初禅的慧,正因为对烦恼已经厌离,所以不是为了厌离。那么第二禅、第三禅的慧属于哪一类呢?从喜俱来说,它们也近于初禅;从无寻来说,它们也近于第四禅。因此,这种慧应当看作依止初禅或依止第四禅。“既为了厌离,也为了证悟”:这是指道慧,因为它厌离一切轮回,所以是为了厌离;因为它证得第六神通,所以是为了证悟。巴利
798.Na ca abhiññāyo paṭivijjhatīti idaṃ paṭhamajjhānapaññaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Sā hissa kāmavivekena pattabbattā kilesanibbidāya saṃvattati. Tāya cesa kāmesu vītarāgo hoti, abhiññāpādakabhāvaṃ pana appattatāya neva pañca abhiññāyo paṭivijjhati, nimittārammaṇattā na saccāni paṭivijjhati. Evamayaṃ paññā nibbidāya hoti no paṭivedhāya. Svevāti paṭhamajjhānaṃ patvā ṭhito. Kāmesu vītarāgo samānoti tathā vikkhambhitānaṃyeva kāmānaṃ vasena vītarāgo. Abhiññāyo paṭivijjhatīti pañca abhiññāyo paṭivijjhati. Idaṃ catutthajjhānapaññaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Catutthajjhānapaññā hi abhiññāpādakabhāvenāpi pañca abhiññāyo paṭivijjhati, abhiññābhāvappattiyāpi paṭivijjhati eva. Tasmā sā paṭivedhāya hoti. Paṭhamajjhānapaññāya eva pana kilesesupi nibbindattā no nibbidāya. Yā panāyaṃ dutiyatatiyajjhānapaññā, sā katarakoṭṭhāsaṃ bhajatīti? Somanassavasena paṭhamajjhānampi bhajati, avitakkavasena catutthajjhānampi. Evamesā paṭhamajjhānasannissitā vā catutthajjhānasannissitā vā kātabbā. Nibbidāyaceva paṭivedhāya cāti maggapaññā sabbasmimpi vaṭṭe nibbindanato nibbidāya, chaṭṭhaṃ abhiññaṃ paṭivijjhanato paṭivedhāya ca hoti.
799 “初禅的获得者”等:这里说的是,有人虽然得到了初禅,但对初禅并不熟练。当他从初禅出定后,与欲相应的想和作意就会以所缘为依托生起,刺他、催他。由于这些倾向欲的想和作意,他的初禅慧就退失、衰减,所以说是“退分”。“随顺彼法”是指与那状态相应的性质。“念住立”这句话是针对邪念说的,不是针对正念。如果有人看到与初禅相应的性质,把初禅看作寂静、殊胜,因而享受它、欢喜它,生起贪求,那么由于这种贪求,他的初禅慧既不退失也不增长,成为停住不动的部分,所以说“住分慧”。“与无寻俱”:当人从熟练的初禅出定,为了证得第二禅时,与无寻俱的想和作意就以所缘为依托生起,刺他、催他。由于这些倾向上一层第二禅的想和作意,他的初禅慧成为殊胜的第二禅生起的依处,所以说“胜分”。“与厌离俱”:就是从初禅出定后,与称为厌离的观智俱行。观智在禅支的差别上运作时,会厌离、厌倦,所以称为厌离。这些想和作意为了现证涅槃而刺他、催他。“与离欲相应”:是与称为离欲的涅槃相应。在观智中会生起“依这条道能证得离欲的涅槃”这样的运作,所以说“与离欲相应”。与它相应的想和作意,也叫做与离欲相应。由于这些想和作意的力量,那初禅慧成为圣道现观的近因,所以说“决择分”。这样,在四个阶段中,说的都是初禅慧。第二禅慧等也应依照同样的方式理解其义。巴利
799.Paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhītiādīsu yvāyaṃ appaguṇassa paṭhamajjhānassa lābhī. Taṃ tato vuṭṭhitaṃ ārammaṇavasena kāmasahagatā hutvā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti tudanti codenti. Tassa kāmānupakkhandānaṃ saññāmanasikārānaṃ vasena sā paṭhamajjhānapaññā hāyati parihāyati; tasmā hānabhāginīti vuttā. Tadanudhammatāti tadanurūpasabhāvā. Sati santiṭṭhatīti idaṃ micchāsatiṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, na sammāsatiṃ. Yassa hi paṭhamajjhānānurūpasabhāvā paṭhamajjhānaṃ santato paṇītato disvā assādayamānā abhinandamānā nikanti uppajjati, tassa nikantivasena sā paṭhamajjhānapaññā neva hāyati, na vaḍḍhati, ṭhitikoṭṭhāsikā hoti. Tena vuttaṃ ṭhitibhāginī paññāti. Avitakkasahagatāti avitakkaṃ dutiyajjhānaṃ santato paṇītato manasikaroto ārammaṇavasena avitakkasahagatā. Samudācarantīti paguṇato paṭhamajjhānato vuṭṭhitaṃ dutiyajjhānādhigamatthāya tudanti codenti. Tassa upari dutiyajjhānānupakkhandānaṃ saññāmanasikārānaṃ vasena sā paṭhamajjhānapaññā visesabhūtassa dutiyajjhānassa uppattiṭṭhānatāya visesabhāginīti vuttā. Nibbidāsahagatāti tameva paṭhamajjhānato vuṭṭhitaṃ nibbidāsaṅkhātena vipassanāñāṇena sahagatā. Vipassanāñāṇañhi jhānaṅgabhede vattante nibbindati ukkaṇṭhati, tasmā nibbidāti vuccati. Samudācarantīti nibbānasacchikiriyatthāya tudanti codenti. Virāgūpasañhitāti virāgasaṅkhātena nibbānena upasaṃhitā. Vipassanāñāṇamhi sakkā iminā maggena virāgaṃ nibbānaṃ sacchikātunti pavattito ‘‘virāgūpasañhita’’nti vuccati. Taṃsampayuttā saññāmanasikārāpi virāgūpasañhitā eva nāma. Tassa tesaṃ saññāmanasikārānaṃ vasena sā paṭhamajjhānapaññā ariyamaggapaṭivedhassa padaṭṭhānatāya nibbedhabhāginīti vuttā. Evaṃ catūsu ṭhānesu paṭhamajjhānapaññāva kathitā. Dutiyajjhānapaññādīsupi imināva nayena attho veditabbo.
801 以艰难、辛苦的方式生起定的人:指在生起出世间定之前的前行阶段,以艰难、辛苦、痛苦的方式,加上有造作、有加行,疲惫地镇伏烦恼之后才来到这个阶段的人。迟缓地了知那个处的人:指在烦恼已被镇伏之后,在观的持续修习中长时间安住,然后才缓慢、渐渐地了知、证悟、达到那个称为出世间定的处所的人,这就是这句话的意思。这称为:像这样生起的慧,因为镇伏烦恼的修行是苦的,又因为观住方面的慧是迟缓的,所以虽然在道生起的那一个心识刹那中已生起,但依其来势而称为苦行道迟通达。其余三句也应当按同样的方式理解。巴利
801.Kicchena kasirena samādhiṃ uppādentassāti lokuttarasamādhiṃ uppādentassa pubbabhāge āgamanakāle kicchena kasirena dukkhena sasaṅkhārena sappayogena kilamantassa kilese vikkhambhetvā āgatassa. Dandhaṃ taṇṭhānaṃ abhijānantassāti vikkhambhitesu kilesesu vipassanāparivāse ciraṃ vasitvā taṃ lokuttarasamādhisaṅkhātaṃ ṭhānaṃ dandhaṃ saṇikaṃ abhijānantassa paṭivijjhantassa , pāpuṇantassāti attho. Ayaṃ vuccatīti yā esā evaṃ uppajjati, ayaṃ kilesavikkhambhanapaṭipadāya dukkhattā, vipassanāparivāsapaññāya ca dandhattā maggakāle ekacittakkhaṇe uppannāpi paññā āgamanavasena dukkhapaṭipadā dandhābhiññā nāmāti vuccati. Upari tīsu padesupi imināva nayena attho veditabbo.
802 “于定非自在得者”:如果一个人对定不能随意获得,他就叫作非自在得者。这是说,定不能成为他向上进入更高禅那的条件,也就是指他虽得到禅那却不熟练。“遍满微少所缘者”:意思是在微小、极微,甚至只有一钵那么大的所缘上作准备修行,就在那里达到安止,不把所缘扩大,只是遍满微少所缘。其余几句也是同样的道理。因为与不自在得者相反,这里把熟练于禅那的获得者说为自在得者;又与不扩大所缘相反,扩大的所缘则说为广大。其余内容与此相同。巴利
802.Samādhissa na nikāmalābhissāti yo samādhissa na nikāmalābhī hoti, so tassa na nikāmalābhī nāma. Yassa samādhi uparūpari samāpajjanatthāya ussakkituṃ paccayo na hoti, tassa appaguṇajjhānalābhissāti attho. Ārammaṇaṃ thokaṃ pharantassāti paritte suppamatte vā sarāvamatte vā ārammaṇe parikammaṃ katvā tattheva appanaṃ patvā taṃ avaḍḍhitaṃ thokameva ārammaṇaṃ pharantassāti attho. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Nanikāmalābhīpaṭipakkhato hi paguṇajjhānalābhī ettha nikāmalābhīti vutto. Avaḍḍhitārammaṇapaṭipakkhato ca vaḍḍhitārammaṇaṃ vipulanti vuttaṃ. Sesaṃ tādisameva.
这是关于老死的智:这是以涅槃为所缘,依四圣谛的一体证悟而说的。巴利
Jarāmaraṇepetaṃñāṇanti nibbānameva ārammaṇaṃ katvā catunnaṃ saccānaṃ ekapaṭivedhavasena etaṃ vuttaṃ.
至于“缘于老死”等句,则是在逐一针对每一种情况,在它生起时的前期阶段,按照确立四圣谛的方式来说的。其余各处的内容都很浅显易懂。巴利
Jarāmaraṇaṃ ārabbhātiādīni pana ekekaṃ vatthuṃ ārabbha pavattikāle pubbabhāge saccavavatthāpanavasena vuttāni. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānatthamevāti.
五法解说注释巴利
(5.) Pañcakaniddesavaṇṇanā
804 在五种智处的解说中,关于“以喜遍满”等说法:“以喜遍满而生起”,这是指在两种禅那中的慧,名为喜遍满。“以乐遍满而生起”,这是指在三种禅那中的慧,名为乐遍满。“以遍满他心而生起”,这是指他心智,名为心遍满。“以遍满光明而生起”,这是指天眼智,名为光明遍满。省察智名为省察相。因此说“在两种禅那中的慧是喜遍满”等。在这里,喜遍满和乐遍满就像两只脚,心遍满和光明遍满就像两只手,作为神通基础的禅那就像躯干,省察相就像头。这样,世尊把五支正定展示得像一个四肢俱全的人。这就是五支正定——也就是由像手脚头那样的五种支分所具备的正定——说的是作为基础的禅那之定。巴利
804. Pañcavidhena ñāṇavatthuniddese pītipharaṇatādīsu pītiṃ pharamānā uppajjatīti dvīsu jhānesu paññā pītipharaṇatā nāma. Sukhaṃ pharamānā uppajjatīti tīsu jhānesu paññā sukhapharaṇatā nāma. Paresaṃ cetopharamānā uppajjatīti cetopariyapaññā cetopharaṇatā nāma. Ālokaṃ pharamānā uppajjatīti dibbacakkhupaññā ālokapharaṇatā nāma. Paccavekkhaṇañāṇaṃ paccavekkhaṇānimittaṃ nāma. Teneva vuttaṃ ‘‘dvīsu jhānesu paññā pītipharaṇatā’’tiādi. Tattha ca pītipharaṇatā sukhapharaṇatā dve pādā viya, cetopharaṇatā ālokapharaṇatā dve hatthā viya, abhiññāpādakajjhānaṃ majjhimakāyo viya, paccavekkhaṇānimittaṃ sīsaṃ viya. Iti bhagavā pañcaṅgikaṃ sammāsamādhiṃ aṅgapaccaṅgasampannaṃ purisaṃ viya katvā dassesi. Ayaṃ pañcaṅgiko sammāsamādhīti ayaṃ hatthapādasīsasadisehi pañcahi aṅgehi yutto sammāsamādhīti pādakajjhānasamādhiṃ kathesi.
这个定属于“当下乐”等说法时,指的是阿拉汉果定。因为它在安止的每一个刹那都是乐的,所以是当下乐。前一个定乐是后一个定乐的缘,所以将来会带来乐的果报。寂静、微细的果心生起殊胜、美妙的色法。因为从果定出定的人,全身都遍满乐的触感,依靠这个触境,生起与乐俱行的身识。从这个角度说,它也是将来会带来乐的果报。因为远离烦恼,所以是圣洁的。因为没有欲食、转生食、世间食,所以是无食。因为诸佛等大丈夫修习它,所以不是卑劣之人所修习的。因为支的寂静、所缘的寂静、一切烦恼不安的寂静,所以是寂静的。因为无可指责,所以是殊胜的。因为由烦恼寂止而获得,或者因为获得了烦恼寂止的状态,所以是寂止所得。寂止和具寂止者,意义上是一回事。或者因为烦恼已寂止的阿拉汉获得它,所以也是寂止所得。因为由专一性证得,或者因为证得的正是专一性,所以是专一证得。不像有漏的劣定那样,需要以有行有功用之心压制敌对法、遮止烦恼才能证得,所以它不是有行抑制遮止之类。入这个定或从它出定时,因为念达到圆满,所以具念而入、具念而出。或者按照限定的时间,具念而入、具念而出。因此,当人这样省察“这个定是当下乐,也是将来乐异熟”时,只生起内在的、不依赖他人的智——这是一支。其余也同理。这样,以这五种省察智,这个定就称为五智正定。巴利
Ayaṃ samādhi paccuppannasukho cevātiādīsu arahattaphalasamādhi adhippeto. So hi appitappitakkhaṇe sukhattā paccuppannasukho. Purimo purimo pacchimassa pacchimassa samādhisukhassa paccayattā āyatiṃ sukhavipāko. Santaṃ sukhumaṃ phalacittaṃ paṇītaṃ madhurarūpaṃ samuṭṭhāpeti. Phalasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhitassa hi sabbakāyānugataṃ sukhasamphassaṃ phoṭṭhabbaṃ paṭicca sukhasahagataṃ kāyaviññāṇaṃ uppajjati. Imināpi pariyāyena āyatiṃ sukhavipāko. Kilesehi ārakattā ariyo. Kāmāmisavaṭṭāmisalokāmisānaṃ abhāvā nirāmiso. Buddhādīhi mahāpurisehi sevitattā akāpurisasevito. Aṅgasantatāya ārammaṇasantatāya sabbakilesadarathasantatāya ca santo. Atappanīyaṭṭhena paṇīto. Kilesapaṭippassaddhiyā laddhattā kilesapaṭippassaddhibhāvassa vā laddhattā paṭippassaddhiladdho. Paṭippassaddhaṃ paṭippassaddhīti hi idaṃ atthato ekaṃ. Paṭippassaddhakilesena vā arahatā laddhattāpi paṭippassaddhiladdho. Ekodibhāvena adhigatattā ekodibhāvameva vā adhigatattā ekodibhāvādhigato. Appaguṇasāsavasamādhi viya sasaṅkhārena sappayogena cittena paccanīkadhamme niggayha kilese vāretvā anadhigatattā na sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritagato. Tañca samādhiṃ samāpajjanto tato vā vuṭṭhahanto sativepullappattattā satova samāpajjati satova vuṭṭhahati. Yathāparicchinnakālavasena vā sato samāpajjati sato vuṭṭhahati. Tasmā yadettha ‘‘ayaṃ samādhi paccuppannasukho ceva āyatiñca sukhavipāko’’ti evaṃ paccavekkhamānassa paccattaṃyeva aparappaccayaṃ ñāṇaṃ uppajjati – taṃ ekamaṅgaṃ. Esa nayo sesesupi. Evamimehi pañcahi paccavekkhaṇañāṇehi ayaṃ samādhi pañcañāṇiko sammāsamādhi nāma vuttoti.
(六)六法解说注释巴利
(6.) Chakkaniddesavaṇṇanā
805 在六种智处的解说里,关于神变智,就是“一身变成多身”等说法所引出的神变智。这里说的是无寻无伺、舍俱、色界、能成办多身等、一刹那心的安止慧。关于耳界清净智,就是以远近等各类声音为所缘的天耳界智。这里说的也是无寻无伺、舍俱、色界、以超出普通耳所能及范围的声音为所缘、一刹那心的安止慧。关于他心智,就是了知其他众生心的智。这里说的也是如前所说那种类型、以他人有贪等心为所缘、一刹那心的安止慧。关于宿住随念智,就是与宿住随念相应的智。这里说的也是如前所说那种类型、与忆念过去所住诸蕴的念相应、一刹那心的安止慧。关于众生死生智,就是对众生死与生的智。这里说的也是如前所说那种类型、以死没和结生众生的色相元素为所缘、一刹那心的安止慧。关于漏尽智,就是对谛的决断了知智。这个唯是出世间。其余则是世间。巴利
805. Chabbidhena ñāṇavatthuniddese iddhividhe ñāṇanti ‘‘ekopi hutvā bahudhā hotī’’tiādinayappavatte (dī. ni. 1.484; paṭi. ma. 1.102) iddhividhe ñāṇaṃ. Iminā avitakkāvicārā upekkhāsahagatā rūpāvacarā bahudhābhāvādisādhikā ekacittakkhaṇikā appanāpaññāva kathitā. Sotadhātuvisuddhiyā ñāṇanti dūrasantikādibhedasaddārammaṇāya dibbasotadhātuyā ñāṇaṃ. Imināpi avitakkāvicārā upekkhāsahagatā rūpāvacarā pakatisotavisayātītasaddārammaṇā ekacittakkhaṇikā appanāpaññāva kathitā. Paracitteñāṇanti parasattānaṃ cittaparicchede ñāṇaṃ. Imināpi yathāvuttappakārā paresaṃ sarāgādicittārammaṇā ekacittakkhaṇikā appanāpaññāva kathitā. Pubbenivāsānussatiyā ñāṇanti pubbenivāsānussatisampayuttaṃ ñāṇaṃ. Imināpi yathāvuttappakārā pubbe nivutthakkhandhānussaraṇasatisampayuttā ekacittakkhaṇikā appanāpaññāva kathitā. Sattānaṃ cutūpapāte ñāṇanti sattānaṃ cutiyañca upapāte ca ñāṇaṃ. Imināpi yathāvuttappakārā cavanakaupapajjanakānaṃ sattānaṃ vaṇṇadhātuārammaṇā ekacittakkhaṇikā appanāpaññāva kathitā. Āsavānaṃ khaye ñāṇanti saccaparicchedajānanañāṇaṃ. Idaṃ lokuttarameva. Sesāni lokiyānīti.
七法解说等的注释巴利
(7.) Sattakaniddesādivaṇṇanā
806 在七种智事的解说中,先按“生缘老死”等的方式,从流转与还灭的角度,对十一个缘起支中的每一支,按三时的差别作了观察智的说明;然后又说“这就是那法住智”,这样就把同样的智简要地按灭法性等类别来讲述。其中,“生缘老死”和“没有生就没有老死”这两智,是依现在时说的。过去时也是这样,未来时也是这样,如此过去有两智,未来有两智,加起来是六智。这六智加上法住智就是七智。其中,法住智就是缘相智。缘相因为是诸法流转的住立之因,所以称为法住;于彼之智就是法住智。这正是那六种智的同义词。如此,在每一支中,这些各有七种,在十一支中,就有七十七种。其中,“灭法”指具有趣灭的性质,“坏法”指具有趣坏的性质,“离贪法”指具有离贪的性质,“灭尽法”指具有灭尽的性质。以此说明了什么?说明了后后观审察前前观。由此说明了什么?说明了七次观与反观。因为以第一智见一切行是无常、苦、无我之后,那智应以第二智来观察,第二智以第三智,第三智以第四智,第四智以第五智,第五智以第六智,第六智以第七智。如此,就说明了七次观与反观。巴利
806. Sattavidhena ñāṇavatthuniddese jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇantiādinā nayena pavattinivattivasena ekādasasu paṭiccasamuppādaṅgesu ekekasmiṃ kālattayabhedato paccavekkhaṇañāṇaṃ vatvā puna ‘‘yampissa taṃ dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇa’’nti evaṃ tadeva ñāṇaṃ saṅkhepato khayadhammatādīhi pakārehi vuttaṃ. Tattha jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ, asati jātiyā natthi jarāmaraṇanti ñāṇadvayaṃ paccuppannaddhānavasena vuttaṃ. Atītampi addhānaṃ, anāgatampi addhānanti evaṃ atīte ñāṇadvayaṃ, anāgate ñāṇadvayanti cha. Tāni dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇena saddhiṃ satta. Tattha dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇanti paccayākārañāṇaṃ. Paccayākāro hi dhammānaṃ pavattiṭṭhitikāraṇattā dhammaṭṭhitīti vuccati; tattha ñāṇaṃ dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ. Etasseva chabbidhassa ñāṇassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Evaṃ ekekasmiṃ aṅge imāni satta satta katvā ekādasasu aṅgesu sattasattati honti. Tattha khayadhammanti khayagamanasabhāvaṃ. Vayadhammanti vayagamanasabhāvaṃ. Virāgadhammanti virajjanasabhāvaṃ. Nirodhadhammanti nirujjhanasabhāvaṃ. Iminā kiṃ kathitaṃ? Aparavipassanāya purimavipassanāsammasanaṃ kathitaṃ. Tena kiṃ kathitaṃ hoti? Sattakkhattuṃ vipassanāpaṭivipassanā kathitā. Paṭhamañāṇena hi sabbasaṅkhāre aniccā dukkhā anattāti disvā taṃ ñāṇaṃ dutiyena daṭṭhuṃ vaṭṭati, dutiyaṃ tatiyena, tatiyaṃ catutthena, catutthaṃ pañcamena, pañcamaṃ chaṭṭhena, chaṭṭhaṃ sattamena. Evaṃ satta vipassanāpaṭivipassanā kathitā hontīti.
807 在八种智事的解说中,“在预流道上的慧”,就是指预流道中的慧。这里说的是与它相应的慧。其余的文句也是同样的道理。巴利
807. Aṭṭhavidhena ñāṇavatthuniddese sotāpattimagge paññāti sotāpattimaggamhi paññā. Iminā sampayuttapaññāva kathitā. Sesapadesupi eseva nayoti.
808 在九种智事的解说中,“于次第住等至”指的是被称为次第住的那些等至。应当这样理解:它们因为依次、按顺序安住的意义,所以叫次第住;因为应当进入的意义,所以叫等至。其中,初禅等至之慧等前八种,应当理解为与禅相应的慧。第九种是省察智。因为这种慧是在从灭尽等至出定后,以寂静、殊胜的方式加以省察时生起的。因此说:“从想受灭等至出定者的省察智。”巴利
808. Navavidhena ñāṇavatthuniddese anupubbavihārasamāpattīsūti anupubbavihārasaṅkhātāsu samāpattīsu. Tāsaṃ anupubbena anupaṭipāṭiyā vihāritabbaṭṭhena anupubbavihāratā, samāpajjitabbaṭṭhena samāpattitā daṭṭhabbā. Tattha paṭhamajjhānasamāpattiyā paññātiādayo aṭṭha sampayuttapaññā veditabbā . Navamā paccavekkhaṇapaññā. Sā hi nirodhasamāpattiṃ santato paṇītato paccavekkhamānassa pavattati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhitassa paccavekkhaṇañāṇa’’nti.
第十部分:十种解说的注释巴利
(10.) Dasakaniddesavaṇṇanā
第一力品解说巴利
Paṭhamabalaniddeso
809 在十种智事的解说中,“无处”是对因的否定。“无机会”是对缘的否定。两者都是在否定原因本身。因为原因依它而运作,所以被称为自己果报的“处”和“机会”。“以何”就是以什么原因。“具见者”指具足道见的预流圣弟子。“任何一行”指四地中一切有为行里的任何一行。“会执为常”就是会执取为常。“无有此处”是说这个原因不存在,找不到。“凡夫以何”是说凡夫以什么原因。“有此处”是说这个原因存在;因为凡夫以常见,会在三地的诸行中执取任何一行为常。但第四地的行极为猛烈,就像整天烧得通红的铁丸,不会成为苍蝇的所缘,也不会成为其他不善法的所缘。按这个道理,在“执任何一行为乐”等说法中也应这样理解。“会执为乐”是指依“纯乐的我存在,死后无病”这种我见而执取为乐。然而,以不与见相应的心,圣弟子被热恼所逼,为了平息热恼,就像被狂象惊吓的人,又像想要干净东西的莲花婆罗门却去抓粪一样,也会执取任何一行为乐。在“我论”中,为了涵盖遍等施设,不说“行”而说“任何一法”。这里也应知道,圣弟子的范围是四地,凡夫的范围是三地;或者在所有情况下,圣弟子也只用三地来限定就可以。因为凡夫执取什么,圣弟子就从那里解开执取。凡夫执取什么为常、为乐、为我,圣弟子就执取那为无常、为苦、为无我,从而解开执取。巴利
809. Dasavidhena ñāṇavatthuniddese aṭṭhānanti hetupaṭikkhepo. Anavakāsoti paccayapaṭikkhepo. Ubhayenāpi kāraṇameva paṭikkhipati. Kāraṇañhi tadāyattavuttitāya attano phalassa ṭhānanti ca avakāsoti ca vuccati. Yanti yena kāraṇena. Diṭṭhisampannoti maggadiṭṭhiyā sampanno sotāpanno ariyasāvako. Kañcisaṅkhāranti catubhūmakesu saṅkhatasaṅkhāresu kañci ekaṃ saṅkhārampi. Niccato upagaccheyyāti niccoti gaṇheyya. Netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatīti etaṃ kāraṇaṃ natthi, na upalabbhati. Yaṃ puthujjanoti yena kāraṇena puthujjano. Ṭhānametaṃ vijjatīti etaṃ kāraṇaṃ atthi; sassatadiṭṭhiyā hi so tebhūmakesu saṅkhāresu kañci saṅkhāraṃ niccato gaṇheyyāti attho. Catutthabhūmakasaṅkhāro pana tejussadattā divasaṃ santatto ayoguḷo viya makkhikānaṃ diṭṭhiyā vā aññesaṃ vā akusalānaṃ ārammaṇaṃ na hoti. Iminā nayena kañci saṅkhāraṃ sukhatotiādīsupi attho veditabbo. Sukhato upagaccheyyāti ‘‘ekantasukhī attā hoti arogo parammaraṇā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.21) evaṃ attadiṭṭhivasena sukhato gāhaṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Diṭṭhivippayuttacittena pana ariyasāvako pariḷāhābhibhūto pariḷāhavūpasamatthaṃ, mattahatthīparitāsito viya, sucikāmo pokkhabrāhmaṇo gūthaṃ kañci saṅkhāraṃ sukhato upagacchati. Attavāde kasiṇādipaṇṇattisaṅgahatthaṃ saṅkhāranti avatvā kañci dhammanti vuttaṃ. Idhāpi ariyasāvakassa catubhūmakavasena paricchedo veditabbo, puthujjanassa tebhūmakavasena; sabbavāresu vā ariyasāvakassāpi tebhūmakavaseneva paricchedo vaṭṭati. Yaṃ yañhi puthujjano gaṇhāti, tato tato ariyasāvako gāhaṃ viniveṭheti. Puthujjano hi yaṃ yaṃ niccaṃ sukhaṃ attāti gaṇhāti, taṃ taṃ ariyasāvako aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ anattāti gaṇhanto gāhaṃ viniveṭheti.
在“母亲”等说法中,只有生母才是母亲。这里指的阿拉汉,是指生为人、已漏尽的人。那么,圣弟子会杀害别的生命吗?这也是不可能的。即使有人对一个已转生到别处的圣弟子说——而那人并不知道他是圣弟子——“你只要杀掉这只小蚂蚁,就能得到整个轮围世界里的转轮王位”,他也绝不会杀掉它。又或者有人对他说:“你要是不杀这个,我们就砍下你的头”,他们至多只能砍下他的头,他也绝不会去杀。说这些,是为了显示凡夫性的极大过失,同时彰显圣弟子的力量。这里的意趣是:凡夫性是有过失的,凡夫甚至会造下杀母等无间重业;而圣弟子有大力量,不会造作这些业。巴利
Mātarantiādīsu janikāva mātā. Manussabhūtova khīṇāsavo arahāti adhippeto. Kiṃ pana ariyasāvako aññaṃ jīvitā voropeyyāti? Etampi aṭṭhānaṃ. Sacepi bhavantaragataṃ ariyasāvakaṃ attano ariyasāvakabhāvaṃ ajānantampi koci evaṃ vadeyya – ‘imaṃ kunthakipillikaṃ jīvitā voropetvā sakalacakkavāḷagabbhe cakkavattirajjaṃ paṭipajjāhī’ti, neva so taṃ jīvitā voropeyya. Atha vāpi naṃ evaṃ vadeyyuṃ – ‘sace imaṃ na ghātessasi, sīsaṃ te chindissāmā’ti, sīsamevassa chindeyyuṃ, neva so taṃ ghāteyya. Puthujjanabhāvassa pana mahāsāvajjabhāvadassanatthaṃ ariyasāvakassa ca baladīpanatthametaṃ vuttaṃ. Ayañhettha adhippāyo – sāvajjo puthujjanabhāvo, yatra hi nāma puthujjano mātughātādīnipi ānantariyāni karissati. Mahābalo ariyasāvako; so etāni kammāni na karotīti.
以被污染的心,也就是与嗔相应的杀心。令其出血,就是在活着的身体上,哪怕只令它流出像小虫吸食那么一点点的血,也算。破僧,就是让共住、处于同一界内的僧团,通过五种方式而分裂。正如所说:优波离,僧团以五种方式分裂:以羯磨、以诵戒、以言说、以劝告、以取筹。巴利
Paduṭṭhena cittenāti dosasampayuttena vadhakacittena. Lohitaṃ uppādeyyāti jīvamānakasarīre khuddakamakkhikāya pivanamattampi lohitaṃ uppādeyya. Saṅghaṃ bhindeyyāti samānasaṃvāsakaṃ samānasīmāyaṃ ṭhitaṃ pañcahi kāraṇehi saṅghaṃ bhindeyya, vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘pañcahupāli, ākārehi saṅgho bhijjati – kammena, uddesena, voharanto, anussāvanena, salākaggāhenā’’ti (pari. 458).
这里,“以羯磨”是指四种羯磨——白二羯磨等当中的任何一种羯磨。“以诵戒”是指五种巴帝摩卡诵戒当中的任何一种诵戒。“以言说”就是宣说,通过各种各样的因缘,把“非法是法”等十八种造成分裂的事由讲出来。“以劝告”是指在耳边劝说,用这样的话:“难道你们不知道我是从高贵的家族出家、而且博学多闻吗?像我这样的人会执取非法、非律、导师的教法,你们生起这样的念头,这实在不合适。难道我把无间地狱看成清凉的青莲池吗?难道我不害怕恶趣吗?”用这类方式在他们耳边反复劝说。“以取筹”是指这样劝告之后,让他们的心坚定下来,成为不退转的决定者,然后说“取这根筹”,让他们取筹。在这里,只有正式做羯磨或诵戒才是真正的标准,而言说、劝告和取筹只是前期准备。因为,即使为了宣说十八种事由而作言说,或者为了激发他们的意愿而作劝告,之后就算取了筹,僧团也还没有真正分裂。只有当这样的四人或更多人取筹之后,另行做羯磨或诵戒时,才叫做僧团已分裂。巴利
Tattha ‘kammenā’ti apalokanādīsu catūsu kammesu aññatarena kammena. ‘Uddesenā’ti pañcasu pātimokkhuddesesu aññatarena uddesena. ‘Voharanto’ti kathayanto, tāhi tāhi uppattīhi ‘adhammaṃ dhammo’tiādīni aṭṭhārasa bhedakaravatthūni dīpento. ‘Anussāvanenā’ti ‘nanu tumhe jānātha mayhaṃ uccākulā pabbajitabhāvaṃ bahussutabhāvañca! Mādiso nāma uddhammaṃ ubbinayaṃ satthusāsanaṃ gāheyyāti cittampi uppādetuṃ tumhākaṃ na yuttaṃ. Kiṃ mayhaṃ avīci nīluppalavanaṃ viya sītalo? Kimahaṃ apāyato na bhāyāmī’tiādinā nayena kaṇṇamūle vacībhedaṃ katvā anussāvanena . ‘Salākaggāhenā’ti evaṃ anussāvetvā tesaṃ cittaṃ upatthambhetvā anivattanadhamme katvā ‘‘gaṇhatha imaṃ salāka’’nti salākaggāhena. Ettha ca kammameva uddeso vā pamāṇaṃ vohārānussāvanasalākaggāhā pana pubbabhāgā. Aṭṭhārasavatthudīpanavasena hi voharantena tattha rucijananatthaṃ anussāvetvā salākāya gāhitāyapi abhinnova hoti saṅgho. Yadā pana evaṃ cattāro vā atirekā vā salākaṃ gāhetvā āveṇikaṃ kammaṃ vā uddesaṃ vā karonti, tadā saṅgho bhinno nāma hoti.
具备如此见具足的人,不可能破僧团。到这里,已经说明了杀母等五种无间业,这些是凡夫才会做的,不是圣弟子会做的。为了把这些说清楚——巴利
Evaṃ diṭṭhisampanno puggalo saṅghaṃ bhindeyyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Ettāvatā mātughātādīni pañca ānantariyakammāni dassitāni honti, yāni puthujjano karoti, na ariyasāvako. Tesaṃ āvibhāvatthaṃ –
从业与门,以及从住劫的时间来看,也是如此;
通过显见的共同等,应当了知决断。巴利
Kammato dvārato ceva, kappaṭṭhitiyato tathā; Pākasādhāraṇādīhi, viññātabbo vinicchayo.
在这里,先就“业”来说:只有人类杀害人类的母亲或父亲,即使对方已经改变了性别,这种业才是无间业。就算为了阻挡它的果报,用遍满整个轮围世界、像大塔那么大的金塔来供养,或者遍满整个轮围世界,向坐满的比丘僧团做大布施,甚至一直不放开世尊袈裟的边角跟随他游化,身坏命终之后还是只会投生到地狱。但如果自己是人类,而母亲或父亲是畜生;或者自己是畜生,而母亲或父亲是人类;或者自己和母亲或父亲都是畜生,杀了他们的生命,这种业就不是无间业,但仍然是重业,接近无间业。这里的问题是按人类这个种类来说的。巴利
Tattha ‘kammato’ tāva – ettha hi manussabhūtasseva manussabhūtaṃ mātaraṃ vā pitaraṃ vā api parivattaliṅgaṃ jīvitā voropentassa kammaṃ ānantariyaṃ hoti. Tassa vipākaṃ paṭibāhissāmī’ti sakalacakkavāḷaṃ mahācetiyappamāṇehi kañcanathūpehi pūretvāpi, sakalacakkavāḷaṃ pūretvā nisinnabhikkhusaṅghassa mahādānaṃ datvāpi, buddhassa bhagavato saṅghāṭikaṇṇaṃ amuñcitvāva vicaritvāpi, kāyassa bhedā nirayameva upapajjati. Yo pana sayaṃ manussabhūto tiracchānabhūtaṃ mātaraṃ vā pitaraṃ vā, sayaṃ vā tiracchānabhūto manussabhūtaṃ, tiracchānabhūtoyeva vā tiracchānabhūtaṃ jīvitā voropeti, tassa kammaṃ ānantariyaṃ na hoti, kammaṃ pana bhāriyaṃ hoti, ānantariyaṃ āhacceva tiṭṭhati. Manussajātikānaṃ pana vasena ayaṃ pañho kathito.
在这里,应当讲羊四句、战场四句和贼四句。即使心里想着“我要杀羊”,如果一个人杀了站在羊那个位置的人类母亲或父亲,也会触犯无间业。反过来,如果心里想着杀羊,或者心里想着杀父母,却杀了羊,就不会触犯无间业。如果心里想着杀父母,而杀了父母,那就一定会触犯。其余两组四句也是同样的道理。就像对父母一样,对阿拉汉也应当知道这四句。只有杀了人类阿拉汉才会触犯无间业,杀了夜叉身的阿拉汉不会触犯;但那种业很重,和无间业相似。如果在人类阿拉汉还是凡夫的时候,用刀砍他或者给他毒药,即使他后来证得阿拉汉果,并且因此而死,那也算杀阿拉汉。但如果是在他还是凡夫时布施的东西,等他证得阿拉汉果后受用,那仍然只是对凡夫的布施。杀了其余圣者没有无间业,但那种业很重,和无间业相似。巴利
Ettha eḷakacatukkaṃ, saṅgāmacatukkaṃ, coracatukkañca kathetabbaṃ. ‘Eḷakaṃ māremī’ti abhisandhināpi hi eḷakaṭṭhāne ṭhitaṃ manusso manussabhūtaṃ mātaraṃ vā pitaraṃ vā mārento ānantariyaṃ phusati. Eḷakābhisandhinā pana mātāpitiabhisandhinā vā eḷakaṃ mārento ānantariyaṃ na phusati. Mātāpitiabhisandhinā mātāpitaro mārento phusateva. Esa nayo itarasmimpi catukkadvaye. Yathā ca mātāpitūsu, evaṃ arahantepi etāni catukkāni veditabbāni. Manussaarahantameva ca māretvā ānantariyaṃ phusati, na yakkhabhūtaṃ; kammaṃ pana bhāriyaṃ ānantariyasadisameva. Manussaarahantassa ca puthujjanakāleyeva satthappahāre vā vise vā dinnepi yadi so arahattaṃ patvā teneva marati, arahantaghāto hotiyeva. Yaṃ pana puthujjanakāle dinnaṃ dānaṃ arahattaṃ patvā paribhuñjati, puthujjanasseva taṃ dinnaṃ hoti. Sesaariyapuggale mārentassa ānantariyaṃ natthi, kammaṃ pana bhāriyaṃ ānantariyasadisameva.
关于“出如来身血”:因为如来的身体不可破坏,所以由别人加害、割破皮肤而流血这种事,其实并不存在。不过,身体内部的血会在某一处聚集。提婆达多扔出的石头碎裂后,碎片击中了如来的脚端。脚就像被斧头砍中一样,只是内部出血。做出这种行为,就构成无间业。而耆婆则是顺着如来的意愿,用刀割开皮肤,从那个部位把坏血引出来,使他得以安乐。做出这种行为,只是福业。巴利
Lohituppāde tathāgatassa abhejjakāyatāya parūpakkamena cammacchedaṃ katvā lohitapaggharaṇaṃ nāma natthi. Sarīrassa pana antoyeva ekasmiṃ ṭhāne lohitaṃ samosarati. Devadattena paṭividdhasilāto bhijjitvā gatā sakalikāpi tathāgatassa pādantaṃ pahari. Pharasunā pahaṭo viya pādo antolohitoyeva ahosi. Tathā karontassa ānantariyaṃ hoti. Jīvako pana tathāgatassa ruciyā satthakena cammaṃ chinditvā tamhā ṭhānā duṭṭhalohitaṃ nīharitvā phāsukamakāsi. Tathā karontassa puññakammameva hoti.
那么,如果有人在那位如来般涅槃之后破坏塔、砍断菩提树、对舍利下手,他们会怎样?这是很重的业,和无间业差不多。不过,妨碍有舍利的塔或佛像的菩提树枝,可以砍。就算有鸟栖息在塔上拉屎,也还是可以砍。因为和受用塔相比,舍利塔更重要。即使是破坏塔的地盘而延伸出去的菩提树根,也可以砍掉搬走。但是,如果菩提树枝挡住了菩提屋,为了保住屋子,就不可以砍。因为屋子是为了菩提而建的,不是菩提为了屋子而种。座堂也是同样的道理。不过,如果座堂里安放了舍利,为了保护舍利,就可以砍掉菩提树枝。为了养护菩提树,把吸收养分的枝条或者烂掉的地方砍掉,也是可以的;这就像照顾身体一样,也是福德。巴利
Atha ye ca parinibbute tathāgate cetiyaṃ bhindanti, bodhiṃ chindanti, dhātumhi upakkamanti, tesaṃ kiṃ hotīti? Bhāriyaṃ kammaṃ hoti ānantariyasadisaṃ. Sadhātukaṃ pana thūpaṃ vā paṭimaṃ vā bādhayamānaṃ bodhisākhañca chindituṃ vaṭṭati. Sacepi tattha nilīnā sakuṇā cetiye vaccaṃ pātenti, chindituṃ vaṭṭatiyeva. Paribhogacetiyato hi sarīracetiyaṃ mahantataraṃ. Cetiyavatthuṃ bhinditvā gacchantaṃ bodhimūlampi chinditvā harituṃ vaṭṭati. Yā pana bodhisākhā bodhigharaṃ bādhati, taṃ geharakkhaṇatthaṃ chindituṃ na labbhati. Bodhiatthañhi gehaṃ, na gehatthāya bodhi. Āsanagharepi eseva nayo. Yasmiṃ pana āsanaghare dhātu nihitā hoti, tassa rakkhaṇatthāya bodhisākhaṃ chindituṃ vaṭṭati. Bodhijagganatthaṃ ojoharaṇasākhaṃ vā pūtiṭṭhānaṃ vā chindituṃ vaṭṭatiyeva; sarīrapaṭijaggane viya puññampi hoti.
在分裂僧团时,如果界内的僧众没有集合,而是另带一帮人举行表决、唱说和取筹的羯磨,或者给他们说戒,那就构成破僧,也构成无间业。不过,如果心里认为是和合的,那就没问题。因为心里认为是和合而做的人,既不构成破僧,也没有无间业。同样,人数不足的别众也是如此。按最低限度来说,如果有人分裂由九个人组成的僧团,他就犯无间业。随顺非法说的人有大罪过;主张如法说的人则没有过失。关于九人破僧,有这段经文:“优波离,一边有四人,另一边有四人,第九个人唱说并让人取筹:‘这是法,这是律,这是导师的教导,你们受持这个,认可这个。’优波离,这样就是僧团分裂,也是破僧。优波离,九个人或超过九个人,就是僧团分裂,也是破僧。”(《小品》351)巴利
Saṅghabhede sīmaṭṭhakasaṅghe asannipatite visuṃ parisaṃ gahetvā katavohārānussāvanasalākaggāhassa kammaṃ vā karontassa uddesaṃ vā uddisantassa bhedo ca hoti ānantariyakammañca. Samaggasaññāya pana vaṭṭati. Samaggasaññāya hi karontassa neva bhedo hoti na ānantariyakammaṃ. Tathā navato ūnaparisāyaṃ. Sabbantimena pana paricchedena navannaṃ janānaṃ yo saṅghaṃ bhindati, tassa ānantariyakammaṃ hoti. Anuvattakānaṃ adhammavādīnaṃ mahāsāvajjaṃ kammaṃ; dhammavādino anavajjā. Tattha navannameva saṅghabhede idaṃ suttaṃ – ‘‘ekato, upāli, cattāro honti, ekato cattāro, navamo anussāveti salākaṃ gāheti – ‘ayaṃ dhammo, ayaṃ vinayo, idaṃ satthusāsanaṃ, idaṃ gaṇhatha, idaṃ rocethā’ti. Evaṃ kho, upāli, saṅgharāji ceva hoti saṅghabhedo ca. Navannaṃ vā, upāli, atirekanavannaṃ vā saṅgharāji ceva hoti saṅghabhedo cā’’ti (cūḷava. 351).
在这五种当中,破僧是语业,其余的是身业。这样,也应该从业的角度来理解这个判定。巴利
Etesu ca pana pañcasu saṅghabhedo vacīkammaṃ, sesāni kāyakammānīti. Evaṃ kammatopi viññātabbo vinicchayo.
“从门来说”:所有这些业,都从身门和语门生起。不过,其中前四种业,是依命令、明咒、精勤的运用,虽然从语门生起,却只在身门完成。破僧的人用手印来破僧,虽然从身门生起,却只在语门完成。这样,在这里也应该从门的角度来理解这个判定。巴利
‘Dvārato’ti sabbāneva cetāni kāyadvāratopi vacīdvāratopi samuṭṭhahanti. Purimāni panettha cattāri āṇattikavijjāmayapayogavasena vacīdvārato samuṭṭhahitvāpi kāyadvārameva pūrenti. Saṅghabhedo hatthamuddāya bhedaṃ karontassa kāyadvārato samuṭṭhahitvāpi vacīdvārameva pūretīti. Evamettha dvāratopi viññātabbo vinicchayo.
“从住劫来说”:在这里,只有破僧才是住劫业。因为当劫正在形成时,或者在劫的中间造了破僧业,只有在劫坏灭时才能解脱。即使有人想“劫明天就要坏灭”,今天造了破僧业,也要到明天才能解脱,只在地狱里受一天的苦。不过这种情况并不存在。其余四种业只是无间业,并不是住劫业。这样,在这里也应当从住劫的角度来了知这一判定。巴利
‘Kappaṭṭhitiyato’ti saṅghabhedoyeva cettha kappaṭṭhitiyo. Saṇṭhahante hi kappe kappavemajjhe vā saṅghabhedaṃ katvā kappavināseyeva muccati. Sacepi hi ‘sve kappo vinassissatī’ti ajja saṅghabhedaṃ karoti, sveyeva muccati, ekadivasameva niraye paccati. Evaṃ karaṇaṃ pana natthi. Sesāni cattāri kammāni ānantariyāneva honti, na kappaṭṭhitiyānīti. Evamettha kappaṭṭhitiyatopi viññātabbo vinicchayo.
所谓“从果报明显可知”:对造了这五种业的人来说,只有破僧业会以结生的方式感果。其余几种业则归入“曾有业,却没有业果”这一类说法中。如果没有破僧业,就由出佛身血感果;如果没有出佛身血,就由杀阿罗汉感果;如果这个也没有,那么假如父亲持戒、母亲破戒,或者母亲不像父亲那样持戒,就由杀父业以结生的方式感果。如果母亲持戒,就由杀母业感果。如果父母双方同样持戒或同样破戒,那就还是杀母业以结生的方式感果;因为母亲对子女确实是最难做到、恩德最大的。这样,在这里也应当从果报成熟的方式来了知这一判定。巴利
‘Pākato’ti yena ca pañcapetāni kammāni katāni honti, tassa saṅghabhedoyeva paṭisandhivasena vipaccati. Sesāni ‘‘ahosi kammaṃ nāhosi kammavipāko’’ti evamādīsu saṅkhaṃ gacchanti. Saṅghabhedābhāve lohituppādo, tadabhāve arahantaghāto, tadabhāve sace pitā sīlavā hoti, mātā dussīlā no vā tathā sīlavatī, pitughāto paṭisandhivasena vipaccati. Sace mātā mātughāto. Dvīsupi sīlena vā dussīlena vā samānesu mātughātova paṭisandhivasena vipaccati; mātā hi dukkarakāriṇī bahūpakārā ca puttānanti. Evamettha pākatopi viññātabbo vinicchayo.
“共通等”是指:前面四种业对一切在家者和出家者都是共通的。而破僧,根据经文所说:“优波离,比丘尼不能破僧,在学尼、沙弥、沙弥尼、近事男、近事女也不能破僧。优波离,只有处于正常状态、同一共住、同一界内的比丘才能破僧。”(《小品》351)因此,破僧只属于所说的这类比丘,不属于其他人;所以是不共的。以“等”字表示,所有这些业都与苦受相伴、与嗔和痴相应。这样,在这里也应当从共通和不共等角度来了知这一判定。巴利
‘Sādhāraṇādīhī’ti purimāni cattāri sabbesampi gahaṭṭhapabbajitānaṃ sādhāraṇāni. Saṅghabhedo pana ‘‘na kho, upāli, bhikkhunī saṅghaṃ bhindati, na sikkhamānā, na sāmaṇero, na sāmaṇerī, na upāsako, na upāsikā saṅghaṃ bhindati. Bhikkhu kho, upāli, pakatatto samānasaṃvāsako samānasīmāyaṃ ṭhito saṅghaṃ bhindatī’’ti (cūḷava. 351) vacanato vuttappakārassa bhikkhunova hoti, na aññassa; tasmā asādhāraṇo. Ādisaddena sabbepete dukkhavedanāsahagatā dosamohasampayuttā cāti evamettha sādhāraṇādīhipi viññātabbo vinicchayo.
“执取别的导师为导师”,意思是:认为“这位是我的导师,有能力做导师该做的事”,即使到了另一生,也不会把别的外道师执取为“这位是我的导师”——这种事不可能发生。这就是这段的意思。
“不会生到第八有”:即使智慧最迟钝的人,也不会越过第七有之后生到第八有——这种事不可能发生。因为“决定趋向正觉”这个说法,本来就是以第七有为上限而说的。
那么,是什么让他成为决定者呢?是前世的因让他决定,还是已经证得的道让他决定,还是上面的三道让他决定?
其实,这只是正自觉者安立的一个名称而已,实际上并没有一个叫做“决定者”的人。
如果说“是前世的因让他决定”,那就等于说上面的三道要以它为近因,而第一道反而没有近因了。这样一来,他就变成无因无缘而证涅槃了。
如果说“是已经证得的道让他决定”,那上面的三道就都没用了,只有第一道有用,那么单凭第一道断尽烦恼之后就应该般涅槃。
如果说“是上面的三道让他决定”,那第一道就没用了,只有上面的三道有用,那就应该不生起第一道,直接生起上面的三道,而且烦恼也应该在第一道还没生起时就被断尽。
所以,并不是别的什么东西让他决定,而是上面三道的观智让他决定。
如果那些道的观智锐利、强而有力,那就只生起一有,证得阿罗汉果后般涅槃。智慧比较迟钝的,就在第二有、第三有、第四有、第五有或第六有证得阿罗汉果后般涅槃。智慧最迟钝的,则生到第七有之后证得阿罗汉果,在第八有中不会再结生。
因此,这只是正自觉者安立的一个名称而已。导师是用佛陀的标准来衡量,以一切知智来判定:“这个人智慧最利、观智锐利,只生起一有就会证得阿罗汉果”,于是给他安立“一种子”这个名字;“这个人会在第二有、第三有、第四有、第五有、第六有证得阿罗汉果”,于是给他安立“家家”这个名字;“这个人会在第七有证得阿罗汉果”,于是给他安立“七次往返”这个名字。巴利
Aññaṃ satthāranti ‘ayaṃ me satthā satthukiccaṃ kātuṃ samattho’ti bhavantarepi aññaṃ titthakaraṃ ‘ayaṃ me satthā’ti evaṃ gaṇheyya – netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatīti attho. Aṭṭhamaṃ bhavaṃ nibbatteyyāti sabbamandapaññopi sattamaṃ bhavaṃ atikkamitvā aṭṭhamaṃ nibbatteyya – netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati . Uttamakoṭiyā hi sattamaṃ bhavaṃ sandhāyevesa ‘‘niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’ti vutto. Kiṃ pana taṃ niyāmeti? Kiṃ pubbahetu niyāmeti udāhu paṭiladdhamaggo udāhu upari tayo maggāti? Sammāsambuddhena gahitaṃ nāmamattametaṃ. Puggalo pana niyato nāma natthi. ‘‘Pubbahetu niyāmetī’’ti vutte hi upari tiṇṇaṃ maggānaṃ upanissayo vutto hoti, paṭhamamaggassa upanissayābhāvo āpajjati. Iccassa ahetu appaccayā nibbattiṃ pāpuṇāti. ‘‘Paṭiladdhamaggo niyāmetī’’ti vutte upari tayo maggā akiccakā honti, paṭhamamaggova sakiccako, paṭhamamaggeneva kilese khepetvā parinibbāyitabbaṃ hoti. ‘‘Upari tayo maggā niyāmentī’’ti vutte paṭhamamaggo akiccako hoti, upari tayo maggāva sakiccakā, paṭhamamaggaṃ anibbattetvā upari tayo maggā nibbattetabbā honti, paṭhamamaggena ca anuppajjitvāva kilesā khepetabbā honti. Tasmā na añño koci niyāmeti, upari tiṇṇaṃ maggānaṃ vipassanāva niyāmeti. Sace hi tesaṃ vipassanā tikkhā sūrā hutvā vahati, ekaṃyeva bhavaṃ nibbattetvā arahattaṃ patvā parinibbāti. Tato mandatarapañño dutiye vā tatiye vā catutthe vā pañcame vā chaṭṭhe vā bhave arahattaṃ patvā parinibbāti. Sabbamandapañño sattamaṃ bhavaṃ nibbattetvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇāti, aṭṭhame bhave paṭisandhi na hoti. Iti sammāsambuddhena gahitaṃ nāmamattametaṃ. Satthā hi buddhatulāya tuletvā sabbaññutañāṇena paricchinditvā ‘ayaṃ puggalo sabbamahāpañño tikkhavipassako ekameva bhavaṃ nibbattetvā arahattaṃ gaṇhissatī’ti ‘ekabījī’ti nāmaṃ akāsi; ‘ayaṃ puggalo dutiyaṃ, tatiyaṃ, catutthaṃ, pañcamaṃ, chaṭṭhaṃ bhavaṃ nibbattetvā arahattaṃ gaṇhissatī’ti ‘kolaṃkolo’ti nāmaṃ akāsi; ‘ayaṃ puggalo sattamaṃ bhavaṃ nibbattetvā arahattaṃ gaṇhissatī’ti ‘sattakkhattuparamo’ti nāmaṃ akāsi.
并没有哪一个人是注定要经历七有的。圣弟子即使因为某种原因而智慧迟钝,也不会到达第八有,而是在中途就般涅槃。就算像帝释天那样喜欢轮回的人,也只会去到第七有。在第七有中,即使完全放逸而住,他的观智也会成熟。哪怕对极微小的所缘也生起厌离,从而证得寂灭。因为即使他在第七有中,入睡时,或转身时,有人从背后用利剑砍下他的头,或把他按入水中杀死,或雷电劈到他头上,在这样的时刻,也不会发生有结生的死亡,他必定证得阿罗汉果之后才般涅槃。因此说:“会生起第八有——这是不可能的。”巴利
Koci pana puggalo sattannaṃ bhavānaṃ niyato nāma natthi. Ariyasāvako pana yena kenacipi ākārena mandapañño samāno aṭṭhamaṃ bhavaṃ appatvā antarāva parinibbāti. Sakkasadisopi vaṭṭābhirato sattamaṃyeva bhavaṃ gacchati. Sattame bhave sabbakārena pamādavihārinopi vipassanāñāṇaṃ paripākaṃ gacchati. Appamattakepi ārammaṇe nibbinditvā nibbutiṃ pāpuṇāti. Sacepi hissa sattame bhave niddaṃ vā okkamantassa, parammukhaṃ vā gacchantassa, pacchato ṭhatvā tikhiṇena asinā kocideva sīsaṃ pāteyya, udake vā osādetvā māreyya, asani vā panassa sīse pateyya, evarūpepi kāle sappaṭisandhikā kālaṃkiriyā nāma na hoti, arahattaṃ patvāva parinibbāti. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘aṭṭhamaṃ bhavaṃ nibbatteyya – netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī’’ti.
“一个世界界”指的是一万个世界界。领域有三种:生领域、教令领域、境界领域。其中,“生领域”就是一万个世界界。当如来入母胎、出母胎、成等正觉、转法轮、舍寿行以及般涅槃的时候,这个世界界都会震动。而百千俱胝轮围界则叫做“教令领域”,因为《阿吒那智亚护咒》《孔雀护咒》《幢顶护咒》《宝经护咒》等护咒的教令在这里生效。至于“境界领域”,则没有限量。因为佛陀说过:“智有多大,所知就有多大;所知有多大,智就有多大;智以所知为边界,所知以智为边界。”所以,对佛陀来说,根本不存在什么“非境界”。巴利
Ekissā lokadhātuyāti dasasahassilokadhātuyā. Tīṇi hi khettāni – jātikhettaṃ, āṇākhettaṃ, visayakkhettanti. Tattha ‘jātikkhettaṃ’ nāma dasasahassilokadhātu. Sā hi tathāgatassa mātukucchiokkamanakāle, nikkhamanakāle, sambodhikāle, dhammacakkapavattane, āyusaṅkhāravossajjane, parinibbāne ca kampati. Koṭisatasahassacakkavāḷaṃ pana ‘āṇākhettaṃ’ nāma. Āṭānāṭiyamoraparittadhajaggaparittaratanaparittādīnañhi ettha āṇā vattati. ‘Visayakhettassa’ pana parimāṇaṃ natthi. Buddhānañhi ‘‘yāvatakaṃ ñāṇaṃ tāvatakaṃ ñeyyaṃ, yāvatakaṃ ñeyyaṃ tāvatakaṃ ñāṇaṃ , ñāṇapariyantikaṃ ñeyyaṃ, ñeyyapariyantikaṃ ñāṇa’’nti (paṭi. ma. 3.5) vacanato avisayo nāma natthi.
在这三种领域当中,除了这个轮围界之外,没有经典说佛陀会在别的轮围界出现,但确实有经典说不会出现。三藏就是律藏、经藏、论藏。三次结集就是:大迦叶长老的结集、耶舍长老的结集、目犍连子帝须长老的结集。在这三次结集所结集的三藏佛语当中,除了这个轮围界之外,没有经典说佛陀会在别处出现,但确实有经典说不会出现。巴利
Imesu pana tīsu khettesu, ṭhapetvā imaṃ cakkavāḷaṃ, aññasmiṃ cakkavāḷe buddhā uppajjantīti suttaṃ natthi, na uppajjantīti pana atthi. Tīṇi piṭakāni – vinayapiṭakaṃ, suttantapiṭakaṃ, abhidhammapiṭakanti. Tisso saṅgītiyo – mahākassapattherassa saṅgīti, yasattherassa saṅgīti, moggaliputtatissattherassa saṅgītīti. Imā tisso saṅgītiyo āruḷhe tepiṭake buddhavacane imaṃ cakkavāḷaṃ muñcitvā aññattha buddhā uppajjantīti suttaṃ natthi, nuppajjantīti pana atthi.
“不先不后”是指不在前、不在后;意思是说,他们不会同时出现,而是或前或后出现。在这里,不能把从菩萨坐在菩提座上发誓“不证菩提绝不起座”那一刻起,直到入母胎结生为止的这段时间看作“前”。因为菩萨结生时,一万个轮围界震动,出生领域就已确定,其他佛陀的出现就被阻止了。而从般涅槃之后起,只要还有哪怕芥子大小的舍利留存,这段时间就不能看作“后”。因为舍利还在时,佛陀就还在。所以在这段期间,其他佛陀的出现是被阻止的;但当舍利也般涅槃之后,其他佛陀的出现就不再被阻止了。巴利
Apubbaṃ acarimanti apure apacchā; ekato nuppajjanti, pure vā pacchā vā uppajjantīti vuttaṃ hoti. Tattha bodhipallaṅke ‘‘bodhiṃ appatvā na uṭṭhahissāmī’’ti nisinnakālato paṭṭhāya yāva mātukucchismiṃ paṭisandhiggahaṇaṃ tāva pubbenti na veditabbaṃ. Bodhisattassa hi paṭisandhiggahaṇe dasasahassacakkavāḷakampaneneva jātikkhettapariggaho kato, aññassa buddhassa uppatti nivāritā hoti. Parinibbānato paṭṭhāya ca yāva sāsapamattāpi dhātuyo tiṭṭhanti tāva pacchāti na veditabbaṃ. Dhātūsu hi ṭhitāsu buddhā ṭhitāva honti. Tasmā etthantare aññassa buddhassa uppatti nivāritāva hoti, dhātuparinibbāne pana jāte aññassa buddhassa uppatti na nivāritā.
有三种隐没:教理隐没、通达隐没、修行隐没。其中,“教理”指三藏;“通达”指通达真理;“修行”指修行之道。在这三者当中,通达和修行有时存在,有时不存在。因为有时候证悟的比丘很多,甚至要伸出手指才能指出:“这位比丘是凡夫。”据说在这个岛上,曾经有一段时间根本没有凡夫比丘。修行圆满的人有时很多,有时很少。所以,通达和修行有时存在,有时不存在。巴利
Tīṇihi antaradhānāni nāma – pariyattiantaradhānaṃ, paṭivedhaantaradhānaṃ, paṭipattiantaradhānanti. Tattha ‘pariyattī’ti tīṇi piṭakāni; ‘paṭivedho’ti saccapaṭivedho; ‘paṭipattī’ti paṭipadā. Tattha paṭivedho ca paṭipatti ca hotipi na hotipi. Ekasmiñhi kāle paṭivedhakarā bhikkhū bahū honti; ‘esa bhikkhu puthujjano’ti aṅguliṃ pasāretvā dassetabbo hoti. Imasmiṃyeva dīpe ekavāraṃ kira puthujjanabhikkhu nāma nāhosi. Paṭipattipūrakāpi kadāci bahū honti, kadāci appā. Iti paṭivedho ca paṭipatti ca hotipi na hotipi.
不过,就教法住世来说,教理才是标准。智者听闻三藏之后,就能圆满教理与修行这两方面。就像我们的菩萨,在阿罗逻仙人跟前证得五神通和七种等至之后,又去问非想非非想处等至的准备工作,阿罗逻说“我不知道”;于是菩萨又到优陀迦那里,把自己所证的殊胜境界和他对照之后,再问非想非非想处等至的准备工作,优陀迦就讲了出来;大士在他话音刚落的那一刻就成就了它。同样,有智慧的比丘听闻教理之后,也能圆满这两方面。所以,教理还在,教法就还在。可是当教理隐没时,最先消失的是阿毗达摩藏。其中,最先隐没的是《发趣论》,然后依次到最后才是《法集论》。当阿毗达摩藏已经消失,而其余两藏还在时,教法仍然还在。巴利
Sāsanaṭṭhitiyā pana pariyattiyeva pamāṇaṃ. Paṇḍito hi tepiṭakaṃ sutvā dvepi pūreti. Yathā amhākaṃ bodhisatto āḷārassa santike pañcābhiññā satta ca samāpattiyo nibbattetvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā parikammaṃ pucchi, so ‘na jānāmī’ti āha; tato udakassa santikaṃ gantvā adhigatavisesaṃ saṃsandetvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanassa parikammaṃ pucchi; so ācikkhi; tassa vacanasamanantarameva mahāsatto taṃ sampādesi; evameva paññavā bhikkhu pariyattiṃ sutvā dvepi pūreti. Tasmā pariyattiyā ṭhitāya sāsanaṃ ṭhitaṃ hoti. Yadā pana sā antaradhāyati tadā paṭhamaṃ abhidhammapiṭakaṃ nassati. Tattha paṭṭhānaṃ sabbapaṭhamaṃ antaradhāyati. Anukkamena pacchā dhammasaṅgaho. Tasmiṃ antarahite itaresu dvīsu piṭakesu ṭhitesu sāsanaṃ ṭhitameva hoti.
在这当中,当经藏逐渐隐没时,最先隐没的是《增支部》,从第十一集开始,一直到第一集。紧接着,《相应部》从《轮相篇》开始隐没,一直到《渡瀑流经》。紧接着,《中部》从《根修习经》开始隐没,一直到《根本法门经》。紧接着,《长部》从《十上经》开始隐没,一直到《梵网经》。哪怕只剩下一两首偈颂的问答还在流传,教法也无法继续维持,就像萨毗耶的提问和阿拉瓦迦的提问那样。据说这些在迦叶佛时代,也没能在中间时期维持住教法。巴利
Tattha suttantapiṭake antaradhāyamāne paṭhamaṃ aṅguttaranikāyo ekādasakato paṭṭhāya yāva ekakā antaradhāyati. Tadanantaraṃ saṃyuttanikāyo cakkapeyyālato paṭṭhāya yāva oghataraṇā antaradhāyati. Tadanantaraṃ majjhimanikāyo indriyabhāvanato paṭṭhāya yāva mūlapariyāyā antaradhāyati. Tadanantaraṃ dīghanikāyo dasuttarato paṭṭhāya yāva brahmajālā antaradhāyati. Ekissāpi dvinnampi gāthānaṃ pucchā addhānaṃ gacchati; sāsanaṃ dhāretuṃ na sakkoti sabhiyapucchā (su. ni. 515 ādayo) viya āḷavakapucchā (su. ni. 183 ādayo; saṃ. ni. 1.246) viya ca. Etā kira kassapabuddhakālikā antarā sāsanaṃ dhāretuṃ nāsakkhiṃsu.
不过,当论藏和经藏这两部藏典消失后,只要律藏还在,教法就还能延续。当《附随》和《犍度》消失后,只要两部《分别》还在,教法就仍然延续。当两部《分别》消失后,只要《论母》还在,教法也仍然延续。当《论母》消失后,只要巴帝摩卡、出家与受具足戒还在,教法就还能延续。表相还能维持一段时间。但白衣沙门的传承,从迦叶佛时代起就无法住持教法。从最后一位证悟真理的人、最后一位破戒的人开始,教法就称为退失了。从那时起,并不妨碍其他佛陀的出世。巴利
Dvīsu pana piṭakesu antarahitesupi vinayapiṭake ṭhite sāsanaṃ tiṭṭhati. Parivārakhandhakesu antarahitesu ubhatovibhaṅge ṭhite ṭhitameva hoti. Ubhatovibhaṅge antarahite mātikāya ṭhitāyapi ṭhitameva hoti. Mātikāya antarahitāya pātimokkhapabbajjāupasampadāsu ṭhitāsu sāsanaṃ tiṭṭhati. Liṅgaṃ addhānaṃ gacchati. Setavatthasamaṇavaṃso pana kassapabuddhakālato paṭṭhāya sāsanaṃ dhāretuṃ nāsakkhi. Pacchimakassa pana saccapaṭivedhato pacchimakassa sīlabhedato ca paṭṭhāya sāsanaṃ osakkitaṃ nāma hoti. Tato paṭṭhāya aññassa buddhassa uppatti na vāritā.
有三种般涅槃:烦恼般涅槃、蕴般涅槃和界般涅槃。其中,烦恼般涅槃发生在菩提树下,蕴般涅槃发生在拘尸那,界般涅槃将在未来发生。据说,在教法衰亡的时候,舍利会聚集到这座铜掌岛,前往大塔;从大塔前往龙岛的王苑塔;再从那里前往大菩提树下的金刚座。从龙界、天界、梵天界,舍利也都将前往大菩提树下的金刚座。即使只有芥子那么小的舍利,也不会在半途中消失。所有舍利都会在菩提金刚座上堆聚成一体,像一块纯金块那样坚实,放射出六色光芒。这些光芒将遍满一万个世界。那时,一万个轮围世界的天神会聚集起来,心中生起比十力尊般涅槃那天更强烈的悲悯,说:“今天导师般涅槃了,今天教法衰亡了,如今这是我们最后一次瞻仰了。”除了不来者和漏尽者,其余众生都无法保持镇定。舍利中的火界会生起,一直烧到梵天界。只要还有芥子那么小的舍利存在,火焰就会一直燃烧;当舍利完全烧尽时,火焰才会熄灭。这样示现了大威力之后,舍利消失时,教法就称为消失了。只要还没有这样消失,就称为“非最后”。像这样,两位佛陀非前非后地出现——这是不可能的。巴利
Tīṇiparinibbānāni nāma – kilesaparinibbānaṃ, khandhaparinibbānaṃ, dhātuparinibbānanti. Tattha ‘kilesaparinibbānaṃ’ bodhipallaṅke ahosi, ‘khandhaparinibbānaṃ’ kusinārāyaṃ, ‘dhātuparinibbānaṃ’ anāgate bhavissati. Sāsanassa kira osakkanakāle imasmiṃ tambapaṇṇidīpe dhātuyo sannipatitvā mahācetiyaṃ gamissanti, mahācetiyato nāgadīpe rājāyatanacetiyaṃ, tato mahābodhipallaṅkaṃ gamissanti. Nāgabhavanatopi devalokatopi brahmalokatopi dhātuyo mahābodhipallaṅkameva gamissanti. Sāsapamattāpi dhātu na antarā nassissati. Sabbā dhātuyo mahābodhipallaṅke rāsibhūtā suvaṇṇakkhandho viya ekaghanā hutvā chabbaṇṇaraṃsiyo vissajjessanti. Tā dasasahassilokadhātuṃ pharissanti. Tato dasasahassacakkavāḷadevatā sannipatitvā ‘‘ajja satthā parinibbāti, ajja sāsanaṃ osakkati, pacchimadassanaṃ dāni idaṃ amhāka’’nti dasabalassa parinibbutadivasato mahantataraṃ kāruññaṃ karissanti. Ṭhapetvā anāgāmikhīṇāsave avasesā sakabhāvena sandhāretuṃ na sakkhissanti. Dhātūsu tejodhātu uṭṭhahitvā yāva brahmalokā uggacchissati. Sāsapamattāyapi dhātuyā sati ekajālāva bhavissati; dhātūsu pariyādānaṃ gatāsu pacchijjissati. Evaṃ mahantaṃ ānubhāvaṃ dassetvā dhātūsu antarahitāsu sāsanaṃ antarahitaṃ nāma hoti. Yāva evaṃ na antaradhāyati tāva acarimaṃ nāma hoti. Evaṃ apubbaṃ acarimaṃ uppajjeyyuṃ – netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.
为什么不会有两尊佛陀非前非后地出现呢?因为那样就不稀奇了。佛陀是稀有之人,正如经中所说:“比丘们,有一个人出现在世间时,是稀有之人。是哪一个人呢?比丘们,就是如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者。”如果两位、四位、八位或十六位佛陀同时出现,他们就不稀奇了。比如在一座寺院里,即使有两座塔,所得的利养和恭敬也不会盛大;比丘们因为人数众多,也不显得稀奇;佛陀如果也是这样,就不稀奇了。所以不会同时出现。又因为教法没有差别。一位佛陀所教导的、以念处等为分类的法,如果另一位佛陀出现,也必然要教导同样的法。这样一来就不稀奇了。而当只有一位佛陀说法时,说法本身才是稀奇的。又因为会引起争论。如果有多位佛陀出现,就会像众多老师的弟子们那样争论:“我们的佛陀庄严,我们的佛陀声音美妙,有供养、有福德。”因此也不会这样出现。巴利
Kasmā pana apubbaṃ acarimaṃ na uppajjantīti? Anacchariyattā. Buddhā hi acchariyamanussā, yathāha – ‘‘ekapuggalo, bhikkhave, loke upajjamāno uppajjati acchariyamanusso. Katamo ekapuggalo? Tathāgato, bhikkhave, arahaṃ sammāsambuddho’’ti (a. ni. 1.172). Yadi ca dve vā cattāro vā aṭṭha vā soḷasa vā ekato uppajjeyyuṃ, na acchariyā bhaveyyuṃ. Ekasmiñhi vihāre dvinnaṃ cetiyānampi lābhasakkāro uḷāro na hoti, bhikkhūpi bahutāya na acchariyā jātā, evaṃ buddhāpi bhaveyyuṃ; tasmā nuppajjanti. Desanāya ca visesābhāvato. Yañhi satipaṭṭhānādibhedaṃ dhammaṃ eko deseti, aññena uppajjitvāpi sova desetabbo siyā. Tato anacchariyo siyā. Ekasmiṃ pana dhammaṃ desente desanāpi acchariyā hoti. Vivādabhāvato ca. Bahūsu ca buddhesu uppannesu bahūnaṃ ācariyānaṃ antevāsikā viya ‘amhākaṃ buddho pāsādiko, amhākaṃ buddho madhurassaro lābhī puññavā’ti vivadeyyuṃ; tasmāpi evaṃ nuppajjanti.
此外,这个理由已被被弥兰陀王提问的那先长老详细解释了。因为在《弥兰陀问经》5.1.1中确实这样说:巴利
Apicetaṃ kāraṇaṃ milindaraññā puṭṭhena nāgasenattherena vitthāritameva. Vuttañhi tattha (mi. pa. 5.1.1) –
尊者那先,世尊确实这样说过:“比丘们,这是不可能的,绝无可能:在同一个世界中,有两位阿罗汉、正自觉者不前不后地出现——这种事不存在。”(增支部1.277;中部3.129)
可是,尊者那先,一切如来在教导时,都教导三十七菩提分法;在开示时,都开示四圣谛;在训导时,都训导三学;在教诫时,都教诫不放逸的修行。尊者那先,如果一切如来的教导相同、开示相同、学相同、教诫相同,那是什么原因,使两位如来不能在同一刹那出现呢?仅仅一位佛陀出现,这世间就已经充满光明了。如果有第二位佛陀,这世间就会因两位佛陀的光明而更加明亮。两位如来在劝诫时,就能轻松地劝诫;在教诫时,就能轻松地教诫。请您为我说明其中的道理,让我不再有疑惑。巴利
‘‘Bhante nāgasena, bhāsitampetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṃ ekissā lokadhātuyā dve arahanto sammāsambuddhā apubbaṃ acarimaṃ uppajjeyyuṃ – netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī’’ti (a. ni. 1.277; ma. ni. 3.129). Desentā ca, bhante nāgasena, sabbepi tathāgatā sattatiṃsa bodhipakkhiyadhamme desenti, kathayamānā ca cattāri ariyasaccāni kathenti, sikkhāpentā ca tīsu sikkhāsu sikkhāpenti, anusāsamānā ca appamādapaṭipattiyaṃ anusāsanti. Yadi, bhante nāgasena, sabbesampi tathāgatānaṃ ekā desanā ekā kathā ekā sikkhā ekānusiṭṭhi, kena kāraṇena dve tathāgatā ekakkhaṇe nuppajjanti? Ekenapi tāva buddhuppādena ayaṃ loko obhāsajāto. Yadi dutiyo buddho bhaveyya, dvinnaṃ pabhāya ayaṃ loko bhiyyoso mattāya obhāsajāto bhaveyya. Ovadantā ca dve tathāgatā sukhaṃ ovadeyyuṃ, anusāsamānā ca sukhaṃ anusāseyyuṃ. Tattha me kāraṇaṃ dassehi yathāhaṃ nissaṃsayo bhaveyya’’nti.
大王,这个十千世界只能承载一位佛陀,只承载一位如来的功德。如果第二位佛陀出现,这个十千世界就承载不了,会震动、摇动、倾斜、下倾、弯曲、散裂、消散、崩毁,无法保持稳定。巴利
‘‘Ayaṃ, mahārāja, dasasahassī lokadhātu ekabuddhadhāraṇī, ekasseva tathāgatassa guṇaṃ dhāreti. Yadi dutiyo buddho uppajjeyya, nāyaṃ dasasahassī lokadhātu dhāreyya, caleyya kampeyya nameyya onameyya vinameyya vikireyya vidhameyya viddhaṃseyya, na ṭhānamupagaccheyya.
大王,好比有一艘船只能载一个人,一个人上去之后,那艘船就满了。这时又来了第二个人,他的寿命、容貌、年龄、身材、胖瘦、四肢和各个身体部分都和前面那个人一样。他也登上那艘船。大王,那艘船能同时载两个人吗?不能,尊者。船会摇晃、震动、倾斜、前倾、弯曲、散裂、崩坏、毁灭,根本撑不住,会沉到水里。正是这样,大王,这一万个世界的世界界只能承载一位佛陀,只能承载一位如来的功德。如果有第二位佛陀出现,这一万个世界的世界界就承载不了,会摇晃……乃至……根本撑不住。巴利
‘‘Yathā, mahārāja, nāvā ekapurisasandhāraṇī bhaveyya, ekasmiṃ purise abhirūḷhe sā nāvā samupādikā bhaveyya. Atha dutiyo puriso āgaccheyya tādiso āyunā vaṇṇena vayena pamāṇena kisathūlena sabbaṅgapaccaṅgena. So taṃ nāvaṃ abhirūheyya. Apinu sā, mahārāja, nāvā dvinnampi dhāreyyā’’ti? ‘‘Na hi, bhante, caleyya kampeyya nameyya onameyya vinameyya vikireyya vidhameyya viddhaṃseyya, na ṭhānamupagaccheyya, osīdeyya udake’’ti . ‘‘Evameva kho, mahārāja, ayaṃ dasasahassī lokadhātu ekabuddhadhāraṇī ekasseva tathāgatassa guṇaṃ dhāreti. Yadi dutiyo buddho uppajjeyya, nāyaṃ dasasahassī lokadhātu dhāreyya, caleyya…pe… na ṭhānamupagaccheyya.
大王,又好比一个人随心所欲地大吃大喝,一直吃到食物塞满喉咙。他因此饱足、胀满、撑得没有空隙,变得困倦迟钝,身体僵直得像一根弯不下去的木棍,然后他又吃下同样多的食物。大王,这个人会快乐吗?不,尊者,他只吃一次就会死掉。大王,同样地,这一万个世界系只能容纳一位佛陀……不可能容纳更多。巴利
‘‘Yathā vā pana, mahārāja, puriso yāvadatthaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjeyya chādentaṃ yāvakaṇṭhamabhipūrayitvā. So tato pīṇito paripuṇṇo nirantaro tandīgato anonamitadaṇḍajāto punadeva tattakaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjeyya. Apinu kho so, mahārāja, puriso sukhito bhaveyyā’’ti? ‘‘Na hi, bhante, sakiṃ bhuttova mareyyā’’ti. Evameva kho, mahārāja, ayaṃ dasasahassī lokadhātu ekabuddhadhāraṇī…pe… na ṭhānamupagaccheyyā’’ti.
“尊者那先,大地是因为法的负担过重而震动的吗?”
“大王,打个比方,有两辆车装满了宝石,一直装到车口那么满。从一辆车里取出宝石,堆到另一辆车上去。大王,那辆车能承受两辆车的宝石吗?”
“不能,尊者。它的车毂会动摇,车辐会断裂,车辋会脱落,车轴也会折断。”
“大王,车是因为宝石过重而坏掉的吗?”
“是的,尊者。”
“大王,同样地,大地就是因为法的负担过重而震动。”巴利
‘‘Kiṃ nu kho, bhante nāgasena, atidhammabhārena pathavī calatī’’ti? ‘‘Idha, mahārāja, dve sakaṭā ratanaparipūritā bhaveyyuṃ yāvasmā mukhasamā. Eka sakaṭato ratanaṃ gahetvā ekamhi sakaṭe ākireyyuṃ. Apinu taṃ, mahārāja, sakaṭaṃ dvinnampi sakaṭānaṃ ratanaṃ dhāreyyā’’ti? ‘‘Na hi, bhante, nābhipi tassa caleyya, arāpi tassa bhijjeyyuṃ, nemipi tassa opateyya, akkhopi tassa bhijjeyyā’’ti. ‘‘Kinnu kho, mahārāja, atiratanabhārena sakaṭaṃ bhijjatī’’ti? ‘‘Āma, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Evameva kho, mahārāja, atidhammabhārena pathavī calatīti.
另外,大王,这个道理是为了说明佛的力量而提出来的。请再听一个合适的理由,说明为什么两位正自觉者不会在同一刹那出现。大王,如果两位正自觉者同时出现,大众中就会生起争论——“你们的佛,我们的佛”,分成两派。大王,就像两位有权势的大臣,他们的大众会争论——“你们的大臣,我们的大臣”,分成两派;同样地,大王,如果两位正自觉者同时出现,他们的大众就会争论——“你们的佛,我们的佛”,分成两派。大王,这就是第一个理由,说明为什么两位正自觉者不会在同一刹那出现。巴利
‘‘Apica, mahārāja, imaṃ kāraṇaṃ buddhabalaparidīpanāya osāritaṃ. Aññampi tattha patirūpaṃ kāraṇaṃ suṇohi yena kāraṇena dve sammāsambuddhā ekakkhaṇe nuppajjanti. Yadi, mahārāja, dve sammāsambuddhā ekakkhaṇe uppajjeyyuṃ, parisāya vivādo uppajjeyya – ‘tumhākaṃ buddho, amhākaṃ buddho’ti ubhatopakkhajātā bhaveyyuṃ. Yathā, mahārāja, dvinnaṃ balavāmaccānaṃ parisāya vivādo uppajjeyya – ‘tumhākaṃ amacco, amhākaṃ amacco’ti ubhatopakkhajātā honti; evameva kho, mahārāja, yadi dve sammāsambuddhā ekakkhaṇe uppajjeyyuṃ, tesaṃ parisāya vivādo uppajjeyya – ‘tumhākaṃ buddho, amhākaṃ buddho’ti ubhatopakkhajātā bhaveyyuṃ. Idaṃ tāva mahārāja ekaṃ kāraṇaṃ yena kāraṇena dve sammāsambuddhā ekakkhaṇe nuppajjanti.
大王,再听另一个进一步的理由,以何理由两位正自觉者不会在同一刹那出现。大王,如果两位正自觉者同时出现,那么“第一的佛”这句话就成了假的,“最年长的佛”“最胜的佛”“最殊胜的佛”“无上的佛”“最妙的佛”“无等的佛”“无等等的佛”“无比的佛”“无匹的佛”“无对的佛”这些话也都成了假的。大王,你应当如实接受这个理由,以何理由两位正自觉者不会在同一刹那出现。巴利
‘‘Aparampi uttariṃ kāraṇaṃ suṇohi yena kāraṇena dve sammāsambuddhā ekakkhaṇe nuppajjanti. Yadi, mahārāja, dve sammāsambuddhā ekakkhaṇe uppajjeyyuṃ ‘aggo buddho’ti yaṃ vacanaṃ taṃ micchā bhaveyya, ‘jeṭṭho buddho’ti ‘seṭṭho buddho’ti ‘visiṭṭho buddho’ti ‘uttamo buddho’ti ‘pavaro buddho’ti ‘asamo buddho’ti ‘asamasamo buddho’ti ‘appaṭisamo buddho’ti ‘appaṭibhāgī buddho’ti ‘appaṭipuggalo buddho’ti yaṃ vacanaṃ taṃ micchā bhaveyya. Idampi kho tvaṃ, mahārāja, kāraṇaṃ tathato sampaṭiccha yena kāraṇena dve sammāsambuddhā ekakkhaṇe nuppajjanti.
另外,大王,诸佛世尊的本性就是这样:世间只会出现一位佛陀。为什么呢?因为一切知佛的功德实在太广大了。大王,世间凡是广大的东西,都是唯一的。大王,大地广大,只有一片;大海广大,只有一个;须弥山王广大,只有一座;虚空广大,只有一个;帝释天广大,只有一位;大梵天广大,只有一位;如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者广大,世间也只有一位。他们出现的地方,没有别的佛容身之处。所以,大王,如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者只有一位出现于世间。巴利
‘‘Apica, mahārāja, buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sabhāvapakati esā yaṃ ekoyeva buddho loke uppajjati. Kasmā kāraṇā? Mahantattā sabbaññubuddhaguṇānaṃ. Aññampi, mahārāja, yaṃ loke mahantaṃ taṃ ekaṃyeva hoti. Pathavī, mahārāja, mahantā, sā ekāyeva; sāgaro mahanto, so ekoyeva; sineru girirājā mahanto, so ekoyeva; ākāso mahanto, so ekoyeva; sakko mahanto, so ekoyeva; mahābrahmā mahanto, so ekoyeva; tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho mahanto, so ekoyeva lokasmiṃ. Yattha te uppajjanti tattha aññesaṃ okāso na hoti. Tasmā, mahārāja, tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho ekoyeva loke uppajjatī’’ti.
尊者那先,您用譬喻和理据把这个问题说得很清楚。巴利
‘‘Sukathito, bhante nāgasena, pañho opammehi kāraṇehī’’ti (mi. pa. 5.1.1).
“同一个世界界”就是指一个轮围界。下面用这个词,就涵盖了十个千轮围界。那些轮围界也可以各自以一个轮围界为单位来划分。因为诸佛出现时,只在这一个轮围界里出现;如果限定了出现的地方,那就说明他们不会在其他轮围界里出现,所以就是被限定了。“不先不后”在这里是说:轮宝出现之前叫“先”,轮宝消失之后叫“后”。轮宝的消失有两种情况:要么因为转轮王去世,要么因为转轮王出家。而它消失的时候,是在去世或出家后的第七天消失。从那以后,转轮王的出现就不再被遮止。为什么一个轮围界里不会出现两位转轮王呢?为了断除争论、为了不变成稀松平常,也因为轮宝有大威力。如果两位同时出现,就会吵起来:“我们的王更伟大!我们的王更伟大!”而且“这个洲有转轮王,那个洲也有转轮王”,那就没什么稀奇了。轮宝本来有能力在两千洲围绕的四大洲中授予大主权,这样一来那种威力就会减损。所以,为了断除争论、为了不变成稀松平常,也因为轮宝有大威力,一个轮围界里不会出现两位转轮王。巴利
Ekissālokadhātuyāti ekasmiṃ cakkavāḷe. Heṭṭhā imināva padena dasa cakkavāḷasahassāni gahitāni. Tānipi ekacakkavāḷeneva paricchindituṃ vaṭṭanti. Buddhā hi uppajjamānā imasmiṃyeva cakkavāḷe uppajjanti; uppajjanaṭṭhāne pana vārite ito aññesu cakkavāḷesu na uppajjantīti vāritameva hoti. Apubbaṃ acarimanti ettha cakkaratanapātubhāvato pubbe pubbaṃ, tasseva antaradhānato pacchā carimaṃ. Tattha dvidhā cakkaratanassa antaradhānaṃ hoti – cakkavattino kālakiriyāya vā pabbajjāya vā. Antaradhāyamānañca pana taṃ kālakiriyato vā pabbajjato vā sattame divase antaradhāyati. Tato paraṃ cakkavattino pātubhāvo avārito. Kasmā pana ekacakkavāḷe dve cakkavattino nuppajjantīti? Vivādupacchedato anacchariyabhāvato cakkaratanassa mahānubhāvato ca. Dvīsu hi uppajjantesu ‘amhākaṃ rājā mahanto, amhākaṃ rājā mahanto’ti vivādo uppajjeyya. ‘Ekasmiṃ dīpe cakkavattī, ekasmiṃ dīpe cakkavattī’ti ca anacchariyo bhaveyya. Yo cāyaṃ cakkaratanassa dvisahassadīpaparivāresu catūsu mahādīpesu issariyānuppadānasamattho mahānubhāvo, so parihāyeyya. Iti vivādupacchedato anacchariyabhāvato cakkaratanassa mahānubhāvato ca na ekacakkavāḷe dve uppajjanti.
就算先放下“女人成为阿罗汉、成为正等正觉者”这一点不谈,单说成就一切知功德、能够救度世间的佛位,女人连发愿都不能成功。巴利
Yaṃ ittho arahaṃ assa sammāsambuddhoti ettha tiṭṭhatu tāva sabbaññuguṇe nibbattetvā lokattāraṇasamattho buddhabhāvo, paṇidhānamattampi itthiyā na sampajjati.
人的身份、性别的具足、因、见到导师,
出家、具足功德、服务与愿欲;
八法聚合,愿行得以圆满。巴利
‘‘Manussattaṃ liṅgasampatti, hetu satthāradassanaṃ; Pabbajjā guṇasampatti, adhikāro ca chandatā; Aṭṭhadhammasamodhānā, abhinīhāro samijjhatī’’ti. (bu. vaṃ. 2.59);
这些确实是发愿得以成就的种种原因。既然一个女人连发愿都尚且无法圆满成办,那她证得佛果又从何谈起?所以经中说:“女人成为阿罗汉、正自觉者,无有此理,绝无可能。”或者说,圆满具备一切方面的福德积聚,才会感得圆满具备一切方面的自身,因此只有男人才会成为阿罗汉、正自觉者。巴利
Imāni hi paṇidhānasampattikāraṇāni. Iti paṇidhānampi sampādetuṃ asamatthāya itthiyā kuto buddhabhāvoti ‘‘aṭṭhānametaṃ, anavakāso yaṃ itthī arahaṃ assa sammāsambuddho’’ti vuttaṃ. Sabbākāraparipūro vā puññussayo sabbākāraparipūrameva attabhāvaṃ nibbattetīti purisova arahaṃ hoti sammāsambuddho.
在“女人是国王、是转轮王”等说法中,因为女人没有隐藏在衣鞘中的密处等特征,所以诸相不能圆满;因为身为女宝,所以不能成就七宝具足;也不能拥有超越一切人的身体。因此说:“女人是国王、是转轮王,这是不可能的,没有这种道理。”又因为帝释天位等三种地位都是殊胜的,而女性身份是低劣的,所以女人也被否定能拥有帝释天位等。难道就像女性身份那样,男性身份在梵天界也不存在,因此也不该说“男人能成就梵天位——这是有可能的”吗?并非不该这样说。为什么?因为在这里,男人能往生到那里。所谓“梵天位”,指的是大梵天位。女人在这里修习禅定,命终后往生到梵众天的同伴中,而不是大梵天。但男人并非不能往生到那里,所以不该那样说。而且在那个地方,虽然两种性别身份都不存在,但梵天们都是男性形态,不是女性形态。因此,这个说法非常正确。巴利
Yaṃitthī rājā assa cakkavattītiādīsupi yasmā itthiyā kosohitavatthaguyhādīnaṃ abhāvena lakkhaṇāni na paripūrenti, itthiratanabhāvena sattaratanasamaṅgitā na sampajjati, sabbamanussehi ca adhiko attabhāvo na hoti, tasmā ‘‘aṭṭhānametaṃ anavakāso yaṃ itthī rājā assa cakkavattī’’ti vuttaṃ. Yasmā ca sakkattādīnipi tīṇi ṭhānāni uttamāni, itthiliṅgañca hīnaṃ , tasmā tassā sakkattādīnipi paṭisiddhāni. Nanu ca yathā itthiliṅgaṃ evaṃ purisaliṅgampi brahmaloke natthi, tasmā ‘‘yaṃ puriso brahmattaṃ kāreyya – ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī’’tipi na vattabbaṃ siyāti? No na vattabbaṃ. Kasmā? Idha purisassa tattha nibbattanato. Brahmattanti hi mahābrahmattaṃ adhippetaṃ. Itthī ca idha jhānaṃ bhāvetvā kālaṃ katvā brahmapārisajjānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati, na mahābrahmānaṃ. Puriso pana tattha na uppajjatīti na vattabbo. Samānepi cettha ubhayaliṅgābhāve purisasaṇṭhānāva brahmāno, na itthisaṇṭhānā. Tasmā suvuttamevetaṃ.
说到身恶行等时,就像苦楝种子、丝瓜种子等不会结出甜美的果实,只会结出不悦、不甜的果实;同样,身恶行等不会产生甜美的异熟果报,只会产生不甜的异熟果报。又像甘蔗种子、稻谷种子等会结出甜美、甘美的果实,而不是不悦、苦涩的果实;同样,身善行等只会产生甜美的异熟果报,不会产生不甜的异熟果报。这一点也曾被说过:巴利
Kāyaduccaritassātiādīsu yathā nimbabījakosātakībījādīni madhuraṃ phalaṃ na nibbattenti, asātaṃ amadhurameva nibbattenti, evaṃ kāyaduccaritādīni madhuraṃ vipākaṃ na nibbattenti, amadhurameva nibbattenti. Yathā ca ucchubījasālibījādīni madhuraṃ sādhurasameva phalaṃ nibbattenti, na asātaṃ kaṭukaṃ, evaṃ kāyasucaritādīni madhurameva vipākaṃ nibbattenti, na amadhuraṃ. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
播下怎样的种子,便会收获怎样的果实。
行善的人得到善果,作恶的人得到恶果。巴利
‘‘Yādisaṃ vapate bījaṃ, tādisaṃ harate phalaṃ; Kalyāṇakārī kalyāṇaṃ, pāpakārī ca pāpakanti. (saṃ. ni. 1.256);
所以,世尊说“身恶行绝不可能产生可意、可爱、可悦的果报,无有此理”等等。巴利
Tasmā ‘‘aṭṭhānametaṃ anavakāso, yaṃ kāyaduccaritassā’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
在讲到“具足身恶行”等的时候,“具足”有五种:积累具足、思具足、业具足、异熟具足、现前具足。其中,在积累善业或不善业的那一刹那,叫“积累具足”;同样,也叫“思具足”。只要还没有证得阿罗汉果,一切众生都因为过去所积累的能感果的业而被称为业具足者——这就是“业具足”。“异熟具足”则只在异熟生起的那一刻才能了知。只要众生还没有证得阿罗汉果,当他们从某处死去、往生到地狱时,地狱就以火网、铁锅等形态现前;当他们入胎时,母亲的子宫就现前;当他们往生天界时,天界就以如意树、宫殿等形态现前。就这样,因为他们还没有从这些往生相的现前中解脱,所以叫“现前具足”。只有这种具足是会变动的,其余四种是固定的。因为地狱现前的时候,天界也会现前;天界现前的时候,地狱也会现前;人间现前的时候,畜生趣也会现前;畜生趣现前的时候,人间也照样会现前。巴利
Kāyaduccaritasamaṅgītiādīsu samaṅgīti pañcavidhā samaṅgitā – āyūhanasamaṅgitā, cetanāsamaṅgitā, kammasamaṅgitā, vipākasamaṅgitā, upaṭṭhānasamaṅgitāti. Tattha kusalākusalakammāyūhanakkhaṇe ‘āyūhanasamaṅgitā’ vuccati. Tathā ‘cetanāsamaṅgitā’. Yāva pana arahattaṃ na pāpuṇanti tāva sabbepi sattā pubbe upacitaṃ vipākārahaṃ kammaṃ sandhāya kammasamaṅginoti vuccanti – esā ‘kammasamaṅgitā’. ‘Vipākasamaṅgitā’ pana vipākakkhaṇeyeva veditabbā. Yāva pana sattā arahattaṃ na pāpuṇanti tāva tesaṃ tato tato cavitvā niraye tāva uppajjamānānaṃ aggijālalohakumbhīādīhi upaṭṭhānākārehi nirayo, gabbhaseyyakattaṃ āpajjamānānaṃ mātukucchi, devesu uppajjamānānaṃ kapparukkhavimānādīhi upaṭṭhānākārehi devalokoti evaṃ upapattinimittaṃ upaṭṭhāti. Iti nesaṃ iminā uppattinimittūpaṭṭhānena aparimuttattā ‘upaṭṭhānasamaṅgitā’ nāma. Sāva calati, sesā niccalā. Niraye hi upaṭṭhitepi devaloko upaṭṭhāti; devaloke upaṭṭhitepi nirayo upaṭṭhāti; manussaloke upaṭṭhitepi tiracchānayoni upaṭṭhāti; tiracchānayoniyā ca upaṭṭhitāyapi manussaloko upaṭṭhātiyeva.
这里有一个事例:据说,在索那山麓的无衣寺里,有一位名叫首那长老的说法师。他的父亲是个猎人,名叫狗速。长老虽然劝阻他,却没法让他持戒,心想“别让这可怜人堕落了”,于是在父亲年老时,不情愿地让他出了家。后来他病倒在床上时,地狱的景象出现了。许多大狗从索那山麓跑来,围在他四周,好像要咬他吃他。他吓得要命,喊道:“拦住它们,亲爱的索那!拦住它们,亲爱的索那!”长老问:“大长老,怎么了?”他说:“你没看见吗,亲爱的?”然后把看到的情形告诉了长老。首那长老心想:“像我这样的人,父亲怎么会生到地狱里去呢?我要做他的依靠。”于是让沙弥们取来各种花,在塔院和菩提树院铺花供养、设座供养,然后让人用床把父亲抬到塔院,让他躺在床上,说:“大长老,这是我为您做的供养。您说‘世尊,这是我这个恶趣之人献上的供品’,然后礼拜世尊,让心生起净信。”那位大长老看到供养后,照着做了,生起了净信。就在那一刻,天界出现了,欢喜园、心藤园、杂林园、粗林园的宫殿以及天女们仿佛围绕着他站立。他又喊道:“走开,索那!走开,索那!”长老问:“大长老,这是怎么了?”他说:“亲爱的,这些是你的母亲们来了。”长老心想:“大长老的天界现前了。”由此可知,现前具足是会变动的。在这些具足当中,这里按积累思业具足的角度,说了“具足身恶行”等。其余各处都很容易理解。巴利
Tatridaṃ vatthu – soṇagiripāde kira acelavihāre soṇatthero nāma eko dhammakathiko. Tassa pitā sunakhavājiko nāma luddako ahosi. Thero taṃ paṭibāhantopi saṃvare ṭhapetuṃ asakkonto ‘mā nassi varāko’ti mahallakakāle akāmakaṃ pabbājesi. Tassa gilānaseyyāya nipannassa nirayo upaṭṭhāsi. Soṇagiripādato mahantā mahantā sunakhā āgantvā khāditukāmā viya samparivāresuṃ. So mahābhayabhīto ‘‘vārehi, tāta soṇa! Vārehi, tāta soṇā’’ti āha. ‘‘Kiṃ mahātherā’’ti? ‘‘Na passasi, tātā’’ti taṃ pavattiṃ ācikkhi. Soṇatthero ‘kathañhi nāma mādisassa pitā niraye nibbattissati, patiṭṭhāhamassa bhavissāmī’ti sāmaṇerehi nānāpupphāni āharāpetvā cetiyaṅgaṇabodhiyaṅgaṇesu mālāsanthārapūjañca āsanapūjañca kāretvā pitaraṃ mañcena cetiyaṅgaṇaṃ haritvā mañce nipajjāpetvā ‘‘ayaṃ me, mahāthera, pūjā tumhākaṃ atthāya katā; ‘ayaṃ me, bhagavā, duggatapaṇṇākāro’ti vatvā bhagavantaṃ vanditvā cittaṃ pasādehī’’ti āha. So mahāthero pūjaṃ disvā tathākaronto cittaṃ pasādesi. Tāvadevassa devaloko upaṭṭhāsi, nandavanacittalatāvanamissakavanaphārusakavanavimānāni ceva devanāṭakāni ca parivāretvā ṭhitāni viya ahesuṃ. So ‘‘apetha, soṇa! Apetha, soṇā’’ti āha. ‘‘Kimidaṃ, mahātherā’’ti? ‘‘Etā te, tāta, mātaro āgacchantī’’ti. ‘Thero saggo upaṭṭhito mahātherassā’ti cintesi . Evaṃ upaṭṭhānasamaṅgitā calatīti veditabbā. Etāsu samaṅgitāsu idha āyūhanacetanākammasamaṅgitāvasena ‘‘kāyaduccaritasamaṅgī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānatthamevāti.
第二力的解说巴利
Dutiyabalaniddeso
810 在第二力的解说中,“被趣成就所遮止”是指被趣成就所阻挡、阻止、制止。其余的词句也适用同样的方法。这里,“趣成就”指圆满的趣,即天界和人间。“趣失坏”指失坏的趣,即四苦界。“依成就”指自身的圆满。“依失坏”指自身的低劣。“时成就”指以贤王、善人为标志的圆满时代。“时失坏”指以恶王、恶人为标志的失坏时代。“加行成就”指正确的加行。“加行失坏”指错误的加行。巴利
810. Dutiyabalaniddese gatisampattipaṭibāḷhānīti gatisampattiyā paṭibāhitāni nivāritāni paṭisedhitāni. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Ettha ca gatisampattīti sampannā gati devaloko ca manussaloko ca. Gativipattīti vipannā gati cattāro apāyā. Upadhisampattīti attabhāvasamiddhi. Upadhivipattīti hīnaattabhāvatā. Kālasampattīti surājasumanussakālasaṅkhāto sampannakālo. Kālavipattīti durājadumanussakālasaṅkhāto vipannakālo. Payogasampattīti sammāpayogo. Payogavipattīti micchāpayogo.
在这里,有些人造了很多恶业。这些恶业本来会让投生到恶趣者成熟。但他凭着一个善业,投生到了善趣的天界或人间。而在那样的地方,根本没有恶业成熟的机会,只有善业才有成熟的机会。他就这样清楚地知道:那些恶业被善趣的投生所压制,不会成熟。巴利
Tattha ekaccassa bahūni pāpakammāni honti. Tāni gativipattiyaṃ ṭhitassa vipacceyyuṃ. So pana ekena kalyāṇakammena gatisampattiyaṃ devesu vā manussesu vā nibbatto. Tādise ca ṭhāne akusalassa vāro natthi, ekantaṃ kusalasseva vāroti. Evamassa tāni kammāni gatisampattipaṭibāḷhāni na vipaccantīti pajānāti.
另一些人也有许多恶业。这些恶业本来会在“依报败坏”的状态下成熟。但他凭着一个善业,处在“依报圆满”的状态中,四肢健全,容貌端正,看着让人欢喜,就像梵天童子一样。即使他生在婢女腹中、生来就是奴婢,人们也不会让他去做驯象、牧羊、牧马、牧牛之类的粗活,因为他们觉得:“这样的身体和污秽的业不相称。”反而让他穿上细软的衣服,安排他做管库之类的事。如果是个女子,也不会让她去煮象食等等;而是给她衣服装饰,让她看守卧房,或者像苏摩天女那样,把她安置在受宠的位置上。据说在巴帝迦王时代,人们抓了许多吃牛肉的人,带去见国王。国王问他们:“你们能受刑罚吗?”他们回答:“受不了。”于是国王让他们在王宫庭院里做清洁工。他们中有个女儿,容貌端正,看着让人欢喜,举止安详。国王见到她后,把她带进后宫,安置在受宠的位置上。她其余的亲属也靠着她的福力,过上了安乐的生活。因为处在这样的生命状态中,恶业也无法给出果报。他这样了知:被“依报圆满”压住的恶业不会成熟。巴利
Aparassāpi bahūni pāpakammāni honti. Tāni upadhivipattiyaṃ ṭhitassa vipacceyyuṃ. So pana ekena kalyāṇakammena upadhisampattiyaṃ ṭhito susaṇṭhitaṅgapaccaṅgo abhirūpo dassanīyo brahmavacchasadiso. Sacepi dāsiyā kucchismiṃ dāsajāto hoti ‘evarūpo attabhāvo kiliṭṭhakammassa nānucchaviko’ti hatthimeṇḍaassabandhakagopālakakammādīni taṃ na kārenti; sukhumavatthāni nivāsāpetvā bhaṇḍāgārikaṭṭhānādīsu ṭhapenti. Sace itthī hoti, hatthibhattapacanādīni na kārenti; vatthālaṅkāraṃ datvā sayanapālikaṃ vā naṃ karonti, somadevi viya vallabhaṭṭhāne vā ṭhapenti. Bhātikarājakāle kira gomaṃsakhādake bahujane gahetvā rañño dassesuṃ. Te ‘daṇḍaṃ dātuṃ sakkothā’ti puṭṭhā ‘na sakkomā’ti vadiṃsu. Atha ne rājaṅgaṇe sodhake akaṃsu. Tesaṃ ekā dhītā abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsādikā. Taṃ disvā rājā antepuraṃ abhinetvā vallabhaṭṭhāne ṭhapesi. Sesañātakāpi tassā ānubhāvena sukhaṃ jīviṃsu. Tādisasmiñhi attabhāve pāpakammānipi vipākaṃ dātuṃ na sakkonti. Evaṃ upadhisampattipaṭibāḷhāni na vipaccantīti pajānāti.
有人造了很多恶业。这些恶业本来会在时节败坏的时候成熟。但他凭着某一个善业,投生在了初劫时期、转轮王出世时,或者诸佛出世时,也就是善王善人的时代。投生在那样的时代,不善业根本没有成熟的机会,只有善业才有机会。他这样了知:被时节圆满所压制的恶业不会成熟。巴利
Ekassa bahūni pāpakammāni honti. Tāni kālavipattiyaṃ ṭhitassa vipacceyyuṃ. So pana ekena kalyāṇakammena paṭhamakappikānaṃ vā cakkavattirañño vā buddhānaṃ vā uppattisamaye surājasumanussakāle nibbatto. Tādise ca kāle nibbattassa akusalassa vipākaṃ dātuṃ okāso natthi, ekantaṃ kusalasseva okāsoti. Evaṃ kālasampattipaṭibāḷhāni na vipaccantīti pajānāti.
另一个人也造了很多恶业。这些恶业如果在他加行失败时成熟,就会产生果报。但他凭着一个善业,安住在加行圆满的状态中,远离杀生等恶行,圆满身语意的善行。在这样的情况下,不善业没有成熟的机会,只有善业才有机会成熟。他这样清楚地知道:被加行圆满所压制的恶业不会成熟。巴利
Aparassāpi bahūni pāpakammāni honti. Tāni payogavipattiyaṃ ṭhitassa vipacceyyuṃ. So pana ekena kalyāṇakammena payogasampattiyaṃ ṭhito pāṇātipātādīhi virato kāyavacīmanosucaritāni pūreti. Tādise ṭhāne akusalassa vipaccanokāso natthi, ekantaṃ kusalasseva okāsoti. Evaṃ payogasampattipaṭibāḷhāni na vipaccantīti pajānāti.
另一个人也造了很多恶业。这些恶业在他投生到好的趣处时不会成熟。但他因为某一个恶业,偏偏投生到了趣处败坏的地方。在那里,那些恶业一一现前,一次又一次地给出果报——有时让他生在地狱,有时生在畜生道,有时生在饿鬼界,有时生在阿修罗众中,即使经过漫长的时间,也不让他从恶趣中抬起头来。他如此了知:那些因为被好的趣处所阻碍而无法给出果报的恶业,一旦遇到趣处败坏,就会成熟。巴利
Aparassāpi bahūni pāpakammāni honti. Tāni gatisampattiyaṃ ṭhitassa na vipacceyyuṃ. So panekena pāpakammena gativipattiyaṃyeva nibbatto. Tatthassa tāni kammāni upagantvā vārena vārena vipākaṃ denti – kālena niraye nibbattāpenti, kālena tiracchānayoniyaṃ, kālena pettivisaye, kālena asurakāye, dīghenāpi addhunā apāyato sīsaṃ ukkhipituṃ na denti. Evaṃ gatisampattipaṭibāhitattā vipākaṃ dātuṃ asakkontāni gativipattiṃ āgamma vipaccantīti pajānāti.
另一个人也造了许多恶业。这些恶业在他身处依报圆满的状态时不会成熟。然而,他仅仅因为一个恶业,就恰恰落在依报败坏之中:容貌丑陋、形貌难看、体态畸形、令人厌恶,像毕舍遮鬼一样。如果他投生在婢女的肚子里、生为奴婢,人们就会认为“这些事正适合他”,于是让他做一切下贱污秽的活计,甚至连清道夫的工作也包括在内。如果她是女人,人们就会认为“这些事正适合她”,于是让她做煮象食之类一切下贱污秽的活计。即使生在良家,国王的差役在征收贡赋时,也会把她当作“家奴”绑走,就像拘陀罗瓦比村那位大富长者的妻子一样。他就是如此了知:那些因为被依报圆满挡住、无法给出果报的恶业,一旦依报败坏,就会成熟。巴利
Aparassāpi bahūni pāpakammāni honti. Tāni upadhisampattiyaṃ ṭhitassa na vipacceyyuṃ . So pana ekena pāpakammena upadhivipattiyaṃyeva patiṭṭhito dubbaṇṇo durūpo dussaṇṭhito bībhaccho pisācasadiso. So sace dāsiyā kucchiyaṃ dāsajāto ‘imāni etassa anucchavikānī’ti sabbāni naṃ kiliṭṭhakammāni kārenti antamaso pupphachaḍḍakakammaṃ upādāya. Sace itthī hoti ‘imāni etissā anucchavikānī’ti sabbāni naṃ hatthibhattapacanādīni kiliṭṭhakammāni kārenti. Kulagehe jātampi baliṃ sādhayamānā rājapurisā ‘gehadāsī’ti saññaṃ katvā bandhitvā gacchanti, kotalavāpīgāme mahākuṭumbikassa gharaṇī viya. Evaṃ upadhisampattipaṭibāhitattā vipākaṃ dātuṃ asakkontāni upadhivipattiṃ āgamma vipaccantīti pajānāti.
另一个人也有许多恶业。这些恶业如果碰上时节圆满的时候,就不会成熟。但他因为某一个恶业,投生在时节败坏的时代——那时国王邪恶、民众邪恶,东西粗劣、没有滋味,人的寿命只有十岁;五种乳制品都断绝了,稗子成了最好的食物。他虽然投生在人世间,却过着像野兽一样的生活。在这样的时代,善业根本没有成熟的机会,只有不善业才有机会。他这样了知:那些因为被时节圆满所阻挡而无法给出果报的恶业,遇到时节败坏时就成熟了。巴利
Aparassāpi bahūni pāpakammāni honti. Tāni kālasampattiyaṃ nibbātassa na vipacceyyuṃ. So pana ekena pāpakammena kālavipattiyaṃ durājadumanussakāle kasaṭe niroje dasavassāyukakāle nibbatto, yadā pañca gorasā pacchijjanti, kudrūsakaṃ aggabhojanaṃ hoti. Kiñcāpi manussaloke nibbatto, migapasusarikkhajīviko pana hoti. Evarūpe kāle kusalassa vipaccanokāso natthi, ekantaṃ akusalasseva hoti. Evaṃ kālasampattipaṭibāhitattā vipākaṃ dātuṃ asakkontāni kālavipattiṃ āgamma vipaccantīti pajānāti.
另一个人也有许多恶业。这些恶业对于处在加行圆满状态下的人来说,就不会成熟。可是当他处在加行有失的状态时,就会造作杀生等十种不善业。人们把他和赃物一起抓住,带去给国王看。国王施以种种刑罚后,把他处死。他这样了知:那些因为被加行圆满所阻挡而无法给出果报的恶业,一旦遇到加行有失就会成熟。同样,被四种圆满所阻挡的恶业不会给出果报,遇到四种有失就会给出果报。巴利
Aparassāpi bahūni pāpakammāni honti. Tāni payogasampattiyaṃ ṭhitassa na vipacceyyuṃ. So pana payogavipattiyaṃ ṭhito pāṇātipātādīni dasa akusalakammāni karoti. Tamenaṃ sahoḍḍhaṃ gahetvā rañño dassenti. Rājā bahūkammakāraṇāni kāretvā ghātāpeti. Evaṃ payogasampattipaṭibāhitattā vipākaṃ dātuṃ asakkontāni payogavipattiṃ āgamma vipaccantīti pajānāti. Evaṃ catūhi sampattīhi paṭibāhitaṃ pāpakammaṃ vipākaṃ adatvā catasso vipattiyo āgamma deti.
就像有人靠某种差事讨得了国王的欢心,国王就赐给他一个职位,还把一片地方交给他管。他没法好好经营,就像猴子把抓到的饭团弄碎一样,把它搞坏了;只要看到别人有漂亮的车乘、坐骑、男仆、女仆、园林或宅地,就全都强行抢过来。人们因为他是“国王跟前的红人”,什么也不敢说。后来他跟另一个更得宠的国王大臣结了怨。那人就把他抓起来,让人狠狠打了一顿,又让人拖着他的背在地上磨,把他赶走,然后到国王面前告状说:“大王,某某人在败坏您的领地。”国王就把他关进牢里,又让人在城里敲锣宣告:“某某人抢了谁的什么东西?”人们纷纷赶来,哭喊成一片:“我的这个被抢了,我的那个被抢了。”国王更加愤怒,在牢里用各种方式折磨他,把他处死,然后说:“去,把他扔到坟场,把锁链带回来。”应当这样来看待这件事。巴利
Yathā hi kocideva puriso kenacideva kammena rājānaṃ ārādheyya. Athassa rājā ṭhānantaraṃ datvā janapadaṃ dadeyya. So taṃ sammā paribhuñjituṃ asakkonto makkaṭena gahitabhattapuṭaṃ viya bhindeyya; yassa yaṃ yānaṃ vā vāhanaṃ vā dāsaṃ vā dāsiṃ vā ārāmaṃ vā vatthuṃ vā sampannarūpaṃ passati, sabbaṃ balakkārena gaṇheyya. Manussā ‘rājavallabho’ti kiñci vattuṃ na sakkuṇeyyuṃ. So aññassa vallabhatarassa rājamahāmattassa virujjheyya. So taṃ gahetvā supothitaṃ pothāpetvā bhūmiṃ piṭṭhiyā ghaṃsāpento nikkaḍḍhāpetvā rājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ‘asuko nāma te , deva, janapadaṃ bhindatī’ti gaṇhāpeyya. Rājā bandhanāgāre bandhāpetvā ‘asukena nāma kassa kiṃ avahaṭa’nti nagare bheriṃ carāpeyya. Manussā āgantvā ‘mayhaṃ idaṃ gahitaṃ, mayhaṃ idaṃ gahita’nti viravasahassaṃ uṭṭhāpeyyuṃ. Rājā bhiyyoso mattāya kuddho nānappakārena taṃ bandhanāgāre kilametvā ghātāpetvā ‘gacchatha naṃ susāne chaḍḍetvā saṅkhalikā āharathā’ti vadeyya. Evaṃsampadamidaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.
就像那个人靠某种业讨好国王,得到职位的时候;凡夫也是靠某种福业投生到天界的时候。当他在那个地方巧取豪夺、把别人的财物据为己有时,谁也不敢吭一声——就像这样,在天界投生之后,不善业也没有机会成熟。直到有一天,他得罪了一个更受国王宠信的人,那人生气地叫人打他,又禀报国王,把他关进牢里——就像这样,这个人从天界死后,投生到地狱的时候。人们哭喊着“我的这个被抢了,我的那个被抢了”——就像这样,在地狱里投生之后,所有不善业聚拢过来把他抓住的时候。就像在坟场被丢弃后,又被人把锁链取回来一样——当每一个业报耗尽,又被另一个业的果报牵引,在地狱里连头都抬不起来,整整一劫都在地狱里受苦的时候。因为造了持续一劫的业,在地狱里受苦一劫的众生,不是一个、两个、一百个、一千个。据说这样受苦的众生,已经多到数不清了。巴利
Tassa hi purisassa hi kenacideva kammena rājānaṃ ārādhetvā ṭhānantaraṃ laddhakālo viya puthujjanassāpi kenacideva puññakammena sagge nibbattakālo. Tasmiṃ janapadaṃ bhinditvā manussānaṃ santakaṃ gaṇhante kassaci kiñci vattuṃ avisahanakālo viya imasmimpi sagge nibbatte akusalassa vipaccanokāsaṃ alabhanakālo. Tassa ekadivasaṃ ekasmiṃ rājavallabhatare virajjhitvā tena kuddhena naṃ pothāpetvā rañño ārocetvā bandhanāgāre bandhāpitakālo viya imassa saggato cavitvā niraye nibbattakālo. Manussānaṃ ‘mayhaṃ idaṃ gahitaṃ, mayhaṃ idaṃ gahita’nti viravakālo viya tasmiṃ niraye nibbatte sabbākusalakammānaṃ sannipatitvā gahaṇakālo. Susāne chaḍḍetvā saṅkhalikānaṃ āharaṇakālo viya ekekasmiṃ kamme khīṇe itarassa itarassa vipākena nirayato sīsaṃ anukkhipitvā sakalakappaṃ nirayamhi paccanakālo. Kappaṭṭhitikakammañhi katvā ekakappaṃ nirayamhi paccanakasattā neva eko, na dve, na sataṃ, na sahassaṃ. Evaṃ paccanakasattā kira gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattā.
有些善业造作被趣的失坏所压制,不能成熟,对此也应这样理解其关联。这里,某人有许多善业,这些善业如果在他处于趣的成就中时,本应成熟。然而,他因为一个恶业,投生到了趣的失坏中,也就是地狱或阿修罗道。在那样的地方,善业无法给出果报,只有不善业才能。如此,他那些业被趣的失坏所压制而不能成熟,应当这样了知。巴利
Atthekaccāni kalyāṇāni kammasamādānāni gativipattipaṭibāḷhāni na vipaccantītiādīsupi evaṃ yojanā veditabbā. Idhekaccassa bahūni kalyāṇakammāni honti. Tāni gatisampattiyaṃ ṭhitassa vipacceyuṃ. So pana ekena pāpakammena gativipattiyaṃ niraye vā asurakāye vā nibbatto. Tādise ca ṭhāne kusalaṃ vipākaṃ dātuṃ na sakkoti, ekantaṃ akusalameva sakkotīti. Evamassa tāni kammāni gativipattipaṭibāḷhāni na vipaccantīti pajānāti.
另一个人也有许多善业。那些善业如果在他处于好的生存状态时,本可以成熟结果。但他因为一个恶业而落在坏的生存状态里,相貌丑陋,像毕舍遮一样。即使他生在王族,父亲去世时,人们也会说“这个没福气的人凭什么当国王”,他得不到王位。即使生在将军家之类的地方,也得不到将军的位置等等。巴利
Aparassāpi bahūni kalyāṇakammāni honti. Tāni upadhisampattiyaṃ ṭhitassa vipacceyyuṃ. So pana ekena pāpakammena upadhivipattiyaṃ patiṭṭhito dubbaṇṇo hoti pisācasadiso. So sacepi rājakule nibbatto pituaccayena ‘kiṃ imassa nissirīkassa rajjenā’ti rajjaṃ na labhati. Senāpatigehādīsu nibbattopi senāpatiṭṭhānādīni na labhati.
为了说明这个道理,要讲一个岛王的故事。据说,国王在王子出生时,对王后很欢喜,就赐给她一个恩惠。王后领了这个恩惠,先留着没用。王子七八岁的时候,就在王宫庭院里让公鸡相斗。一只公鸡飞起来,啄瞎了王子的眼睛。王子的母亲——那位王后,在王子十五六岁时,走到国王面前说:“大王,王子出生时您赐给我一个恩惠,我领了留着,现在我要用了。”“好,王后,你用吧。”“大王,我从您这里从来没有得不到的东西。但现在,我要为我儿子求王位。”“王后,你儿子身体有残缺,不能把王位给他。”“您既然不能给我想要的恩惠,当初为什么赐恩惠呢?”国王被逼得非常为难,说:“不能把整个楞伽岛的王位交给你儿子,但让他去那伽岛,在那里撑起伞盖住下吧。”于是把他派到那伽岛。他就被称为岛王。如果他眼睛没有瞎,本来可以在方圆三百由旬的整个铜掌岛上,得到具足一切圆满的王位。这样就知道:被依止失坏所障碍的业,是不能成熟的。巴利
Imassa panatthassāvibhāvatthaṃ dīparājavatthu kathetabbaṃ – rājā kira putte jāte deviyā pasīditvā varaṃ adāsi. Sā varaṃ gahetvā ṭhapesi. Kumāro sattaṭṭhavassakāleva rājaṅgaṇe kukkuṭe yujjhāpesi. Eko kukkuṭo uppatitvā kumārassa akkhīni bhindi. Kumāramātā devī puttassa pannarasasoḷasavassakāle ‘rajjaṃ vāressāmī’ti rājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā āha – ‘‘deva, tumhehi kumārassa jātakāle varo dinno. Mayā so gahetvā ṭhapito; idāni naṃ gaṇhāmī’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, devi, gaṇhāhī’’ti. ‘‘Mayā, deva, tumhākaṃ santikā kiñci aladdhaṃ nāma natthi . Idāni pana mama puttassa rajjaṃ vāremī’’ti. ‘‘Devi, tava putto aṅgavikalo. Na sakkā tassa rajjaṃ dātu’’nti . ‘‘Tumhe mayhaṃ ruccanakavaraṃ adātuṃ asakkontā kasmā varaṃ adatthā’’ti? Rājā ativiya nippīḷiyamāno ‘‘na sakkā tuyhaṃ puttassa sakalalaṅkādīpe rajjaṃ dātuṃ; nāgadīpe pana chattaṃ assāpetvā vasatū’’ti nāgadīpaṃ pesesi. So dīparājā nāma ahosi. Sace cakkhuvikalo nābhavissā tiyojanasatike sakalatambapaṇṇidīpe sabbasampattiparivāraṃ rajjaṃ alabhissā. Evaṃ upadhivipattipaṭibāḷhāni na vipaccantīti pajānāti.
另一个人也有许多善业。那些善业如果碰上好的时机,本来是可以成熟的。可是他却因为一个恶业,转生到了坏时机的境地——投生在国王恶劣、人心败坏的时代,那里环境肮脏、没有活力、寿命短促、命运险恶。在那样的时候,善业没办法给出果报。他就是这样知道:被坏时机压制住的善业是不会成熟的。巴利
Aparassāpi bahūni kalyāṇakammāni honti. Tāni kālasampattiyaṃ ṭhitassa vipacceyyuṃ. So pana ekena pāpakammena kālavipattiyaṃ durājadumanussakāle kasaṭe niroje appāyuke gatikoṭike nibbatto. Tādise ca kāle kalyāṇakammaṃ vipākaṃ dātuṃ na sakkotīti. Evaṃ kālavipattipaṭibāḷhāni na vipaccantīti pajānāti.
另一个人也有许多善业。那些善业会于处于加行圆满者成熟。但这个人却处在加行败坏的状态中,他杀生……乃至具足一切破戒之行。同样,连与他同种族的家族也不跟他家通婚;人们认为“这人好色、好酒、好赌,是个恶人”,于是远远避开他。那些善业就无法成熟。他这样了知:这些善业被加行败坏所压制,所以不能成熟。如此,依靠四种圆满而能产生果报的善业,因为被四种败坏所阻碍,所以不能成熟。巴利
Aparassāpi bahūni kalyāṇakammāni honti. Tāni payogasampattiyaṃ ṭhitassa vipacceyyuṃ. Ayaṃ pana payogavipattiyaṃ ṭhito pāṇaṃ hanti…pe… sabbaṃ dussīlyaṃ pūreti. Tathā tena saddhiṃ samajātikānipi kulāni āvāhavivāhaṃ na karonti; ‘itthidhutto surādhutto akkhadhutto ayaṃ pāpapuriso’ti ārakā parivajjenti. Kalyāṇakammāni vipaccituṃ na sakkonti. Evaṃ payogavipattipaṭibāḷhāni na vipaccantīti pajānāti. Evaṃ catasso sampattiyo āgamma vipākadāyakaṃ kalyāṇakammaṃ catūhi vipattīhi paṭibāhitattā na vipaccati.
另一个人也有许多善业。那些善业对于处在趣向败坏中的人不会成熟。但他凭着一个善业,就投生在趣向圆满的状态中。在那里,那些善业就现前,轮流一次次地给出果报——有时让他投生到人间,有时投生到天界。这样就能明白:那些因为被趣向败坏所阻碍而无法给出果报的业,来到趣向圆满之后便成熟了。巴利
Aparassāpi bahūni kalyāṇakammāni honti. Tāni gativipattiyaṃ ṭhitassa na vipacceyyuṃ. So pana ekena kalyāṇakammena gatisampattiyaṃyeva nibbatto. Tatthassa tāni kammāni upagantvā vārena vārena vipākaṃ denti – kālena manussaloke nibbattāpenti, kālena devaloke. Evaṃ gativipattipaṭibāhitattā vipākaṃ dātuṃ asakkontāni gatimampattiṃ āgamma vipaccantīti pajānāti.
另一个人也有很多善业。但这些善业对于处在依止失坏状态中的人来说,是不会成熟的。然而,他凭着某一善业,正好安住在依止成就之中,相貌端严、令人欢喜、庄重可敬,就像梵天童子一样。因为他安住在依止成就中,那些善业就能成熟感果。如果他出生在王族里,即使还有其他年长的兄弟,人们也会说:“这个人的身体相貌圆满,如果为他举起伞盖灌顶为王,世间就会安稳安乐”,于是只拥立他一人为王。如果出生在副王之家等,父亲去世后,他就能得到副王之位、将军之位、库藏官之位、长者之位。由此可知,那些被依止失坏所阻碍、无法感果的善业,依靠依止成就便能成熟。巴利
Aparassāpi bahūni kalyāṇakammāni honti. Tāni upadhivipattiyaṃ ṭhitassa na vipacceyyuṃ. So pana ekena kalyāṇakammena upadhisampattiyaṃyeva patiṭṭhito abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko brahmavacchasadiso. Tassa upadhisampattiyaṃ ṭhitattā kalyāṇakammāni vipākaṃ denti. Sace rājakule nibbattati aññesu jeṭṭhakabhātikesu santesupi ‘etassa attabhāvo samiddho, etassa chatte ussāpite lokassa phāsu bhavissatī’ti tameva rajje abhisiñcanti. Uparājagehādīsu nibbatto pituaccayena oparajjaṃ, senāpatiṭṭhānaṃ, bhaṇḍāgārikaṭṭhānaṃ, seṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ labhati. Evaṃ upadhivipattipaṭibāhitattā vipākaṃ dātuṃ asakkontāni upadhisampattiṃ āgamma vipaccantīti pajānāti.
另一个人也有许多善业。但这些善业如果处在时运不好的时候,就不会成熟。然而他凭某一善业,在时运好的时候,投生到了有明君与善民的时代。像这样在时运圆满中投生的人,他的善业就会产生果报。巴利
Aparassāpi bahūni kalyāṇakammāni honti. Tāni kālavipattiyaṃ ṭhitassa na vipacceyyuṃ. So pana ekena kalyāṇakammena kālasampattiyaṃ nibbatto surājasumanussakāle. Tādisāya kālasamiddhiyā nibbattassa kalyāṇakammaṃ vipākaṃ deti.
这里要讲的是大索那长老的事。据说在婆罗门提舍造成恐慌的时候,知心山上住着一万二千位比丘,提舍大寺也一样。两座大寺里,三年的资具被大老鼠一夜之间啃光,只剩下谷壳。知心山的比丘僧团想:提舍大寺的资具还能维持,我们去那里住吧。于是离开了寺院。提舍大寺的比丘僧团也想:知心山的资具还能维持,我们去那里住吧。也离开了寺院。双方在一处深谷岸边相遇,互相询问后知道资具都已耗尽,便想:去那里又能做什么呢?于是两万四千位比丘进入深谷密林,坐下之后,就以坐着的姿势入了无余涅槃。后来恐慌平息,比丘僧团请来帝释天王,收集舍利,建起了舍利塔。巴利
Tatridaṃ mahāsoṇattherassa vatthu kathetabbaṃ – brāhmaṇatissabhaye kira cittalapabbate dvādasa bhikkhusahassāniṃ paṭivasanti. Tathā tissamahāvihāre. Dvīsupi mahāvihāresu tiṇṇaṃ vassānaṃ vaṭṭaṃ ekarattameva mahāmūsikāyo khāditvā thusamattameva ṭhapesuṃ. Cittalapabbate bhikkhusaṅgho ‘tissamahāvihāre vaṭṭaṃ vattissati, tattha gantvā vasissāmā’ti vihārato nikkhami. Tissamahāvihārepi bhikkhusaṅgho ‘cittalapabbate vaṭṭaṃ vattissati, tattha gantvā vasissāmā’ti vihārato nikkhami. Ubhatopi ekissā gambhīrakandarāya tīre samāgatā pucchitvā vaṭṭassa khīṇabhāvaṃ ñatvā ‘tattha gantvā kiṃ karissāmā’ti catuvīsati bhikkhusahassāni gambhīrakandaravanaṃ pavisitvā nisīditvā nisinnanīhāreneva anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyiṃsu. Pacchā bhaye vūpasante bhikkhusaṅgho sakkaṃ devarājānaṃ gahetvā dhātuyo saṃharitvā cetiyaṃ akāsi.
婆罗门提舍那个贼也把地方给毁了。僧团聚在一起商量后,派了八位长老到帝释那里去,说“请把贼赶走”。帝释天王说:“尊者,这生起的贼不是我所能赶走的。请僧团去海对岸吧,我来守护海路。”僧团从各个方向到了那伽岛,在阎浮拘罗港让人绑了一只三层的大筏子。一层沉在水里,一层给比丘僧团坐着,一层用来放衣钵。诵相应部的小尸瓦长老、伊西达多长老、大索那长老,这三位长老是那些大众的上首。其中两位长老对大索那长老说:“贤友大索那,上大筏子吧。”“那你们呢,尊者?”“贤友,死在水里和死在陆地上是一样的。我们不走。但靠着你,将来教法的传承会延续下去。你走吧,贤友。”“尊者,你们不走,我绝不走。”这样说了三遍,也没法让长老上筏子,两位长老就回去了。巴利
Brāhmaṇatissacoropi janapadaṃ viddhaṃsesi. Saṅgho sannipatitvā mantetvā ‘‘coraṃ paṭibāhatū’’ti sakkasantikaṃ aṭṭha there pesesi. Sakko devarājā ‘‘mayā, bhante, uppanno coro na sakkā paṭibāhituṃ. Saṅgho parasamuddaṃ gacchatu. Ahaṃ samuddārakkhaṃ karissāmī’’ti. Saṅgho sabbadisāhi nāgadīpaṃ gantvā jambukolapaṭṭane tibhūmikaṃ mahāuḷumpaṃ bandhāpesi. Ekā bhūmikā udake osīdi. Ekissā bhikkhusaṅgho nisinno. Ekissā pattacīvarāni ṭhapayiṃsu. Saṃyuttabhāṇakacūḷasīvatthero, isidattatthero, mahāsoṇattheroti tayo therā tāsaṃ parisānaṃ pāmokkhā. Tesu dve therā mahāsoṇattheraṃ āhaṃsu – ‘‘āvuso mahāsoṇa, abhiruha mahāuḷumpa’’nti. ‘‘Tumhe pana, bhante’’ti? ‘‘Āvuso, udake maraṇampi thale maraṇampi ekameva . Na mayaṃ gamissāma. Taṃ nissāya pana anāgate sāsanassa paveṇī ṭhassati. Gaccha tvaṃ, āvuso’’ti. ‘‘Nāhaṃ, bhante, tumhesu agacchantesu gamissāmī’’ti yāvatatiyaṃ kathetvāpi theraṃ āropetuṃ asakkontā nivattiṃsu.
这时,小尸瓦长老对伊西达答长老说:“贤友伊西达答,未来教法的传承要靠大索那长老延续下去;你千万别让他从你手里离开。”“那尊者您呢?”“我要去礼敬大塔。”他这样嘱咐了两位长老之后,便一路次第游行,来到了大寺。那时大寺空无一人,塔院里长满了蓖麻,佛塔被灌木丛围住,又被苔藓覆盖。长老就像是在向在世佛陀表达敬意一样,礼敬了大塔,然后走进西边的殿堂,环顾四周,心里想:“像这样一位获得了最上利养和最上名声的圣者,他舍利塔所在的地方竟然变得如此荒凉。”于是坐了下来。巴利
Atha cūḷasīvatthero isidattattheraṃ āha – ‘‘āvuso isidatta, anāgate mahāsoṇattheraṃ nissāya sāsanapaveṇī ṭhassati; mā kho taṃ hatthato vissajjehī’’ti. ‘‘Tumhe pana, bhante’’ti? ‘‘Ahaṃ mahācetiyaṃ vandissāmī’’ti dve there anusāsitvā anupubbena cārikaṃ caranto mahāvihāraṃ sampāpuṇi. Tasmiṃ samaye mahāvihāro suñño. Cetiyaṅgaṇe eraṇḍā jātā. Cetiyaṃ gacchehi parivāritaṃ, sevālena pariyonaddhaṃ. Thero dharamānakabuddhassa nipaccākāraṃ dassento viya mahācetiyaṃ vanditvā pacchimadisāya sālaṃ pavisitvā olokento ‘evarūpassa nāma lābhaggayasaggappattassa sarīradhātucetiyaṭṭhānaṃ anāthaṃ jāta’nti cintayamāno nisīdi.
这时,住在不远处一棵树上的天神变成一个旅人的样子,拿着一竹筒米和一块糖,走到长老面前,问:“尊者,您要去哪里?”长老说:“我要去南方,近事男。”天神说:“我也正想去那里,尊者,我们一起走吧。”长老说:“我身体虚弱,跟不上你的步伐,你先走吧,近事男。”天神说:“我也按您的步伐走。”说完就接过长老的钵和衣。走上提萨池的堤道时,他请长老把钵拿出来,调好饮品递给长老。长老刚一喝下,体力就恢复了。天神把大地缩短,来到韦努河附近一座被人丢弃的寺院,替长老把住处收拾好,交给他。巴利
Atha avidūre rukkhe adhivatthā devatā addhikamanussarūpena taṇḍulanāḷiñca guḷapiṇḍañca ādāya therassa santikaṃ gantvā ‘‘kattha gacchatha, bhante’’ti? ‘‘Ahaṃ dakkhiṇadisaṃ, upāsakā’’ti. ‘‘Ahampi tattheva gantukāmo, saha gacchāma, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Ahaṃ dubbalo; tava gatiyā gantuṃ na sakkhissāmi; tvaṃ purato gaccha, upāsakā’’ti. ‘‘Ahampi tumhākaṃ gatiyā gamissāmī’’ti therassa pattacīvaraṃ aggahesi. Tissavāpipāḷiṃ āruḷhakāle ca pattaṃ āharāpetvā pānakaṃ katvā adāsi. Therassa pītamatteyeva balamattā saṇṭhāti. Devatā pathaviṃ saṅkhipitvā veṇunadīsantike ekaṃ chaḍḍitavihāraṃ patvā therassa vasanaṭṭhānaṃ paṭijaggitvā adāsi.
第二天,长老刚洗完脸,天神就煮好粥送来;长老喝完粥,他又煮好饭端上来。长老用手挡住钵说:“你自己留着吧,近事男。”天神说:“我不会走远的。”说着就把饭放进长老的钵里。等长老吃完饭,他拿起长老的钵和袈裟,就上路了。他把大地缩拢起来,带着长老到了贾贾拉河边,说:“尊者,这里是食叶人住的地方,已经能看到烟了。我先回去了。”他向长老行礼后,就回了自己的住处。长老在整个恐怖时期,都依靠食叶人而住。巴利
Punadivase therena mukhe dhovitamatte yāguṃ pacitvā adāsi; yāguṃ pītassa bhattaṃ pacitvā upanāmesi. Thero ‘‘tuyhaṃ ṭhapehi, upāsakā’’ti pattaṃ hatthena pidahi. ‘‘Ahaṃ na dūraṃ gamissāmī’’ti devatā therasseva patte bhattaṃ pakkhipitvā katabhattakiccassa therassa pattacīvaramādāya maggaṃ paṭipannā pathaviṃ saṅkhipitvā jajjaranadīsantikaṃ netvā ‘‘bhante, etaṃ paṇṇakhādakamanussānaṃ vasanaṭṭhānaṃ, dhūmo paññāyati. Ahaṃ purato gamissāmī’’ti theraṃ vanditvā attano bhavanaṃ agamāsi. Thero sabbampi bhayakālaṃ paṇṇakhādakamanusse nissāya vasi.
伊西达多长老也一路次第游行,来到了阿罗村。那里的人们把还没熟透的蜜果掰开,取出果核,扔下果皮就走了。长老说:“贤友摩诃索纳,有能乞到食物的地方了。”于是让人拿来衣钵,披上袈裟,取出钵站着。幼童们看见长老站在那里,心想“他大概需要点什么”,就擦掉果皮上的沙子,把蜜果皮放进钵里供养;长老们就吃了。整整七天里,吃的就只有这个。巴利
Isidattattheropi anupubbena cārikaṃ caranto aḷajanapadaṃ sampāpuṇi. Tattha manussā nātipakkāni madhukaphalāni bhinditvā aṭṭhiṃ ādāya tacaṃ chaḍḍetvā agamaṃsu. Thero ‘‘āvuso mahāsoṇa, bhikkhāhāro paññāyatī’’ti vatvā pattacīvaraṃ āharāpetvā cīvaraṃ pārupitvā pattaṃ nīharitvā aṭṭhāsi. Taruṇadārakā theraṃ ṭhitaṃ disvā ‘iminā koci attho bhavissatī’ti vālukaṃ puñchitvā madhukaphalattacaṃ patte pakkhipitvā adaṃsu; therā paribhuñjiṃsu. Sattāhamattaṃ soyeva āhāro ahosi.
他们一路走,渐渐到了贼湖。人们采了莲花,把花茎扔掉就走了。长老说:“贤友摩诃索纳,看来有施食可得。”于是让人拿来衣钵,披上袈裟,端起钵站着。村里的孩子们把莲花茎洗干净,放进钵里供养;长老们就吃了。整整七天,他们全靠这个过活。巴利
Anupubbena coriyassaraṃ sampāpuṇiṃsu. Manussā kumudāni gahetvā kumudanāle chaḍḍetvā agamaṃsu. Thero ‘‘āvuso mahāsoṇa, bhikkhāhāro paññāyatī’’ti vatvā pattacīvaraṃ āharāpetvā cīvaraṃ pārupitvā pattaṃ nīharitvā aṭṭhāsi. Gāmadārakā kumudanāle sodhetvā patte pakkhipitvā adaṃsu; therā paribhuñjiṃsu. Sattāhamattaṃ sova āhāro ahosi.
他们一路次第游行,来到食叶人居住的地方,到了某个村口。那里有一位少女,她的父母要去森林时嘱咐她说:“女儿啊,如果有哪位尊者来,别让他去别处;你要告诉尊者住的地方。”少女见到两位长老,就接过钵,请他们坐下。家里没有任何粮食之类的东西。她拿了一把刀,把古恩迦饲料树的树皮和古恩迦藤叶一起捣碎,做成三个团食,一个放进伊师达塔长老的钵里,一个放进摩诃苏那长老的钵里,然后伸手想把剩下的那个团食也放进伊师达塔长老的钵里。可是手一转过去,团食却落进了摩诃苏那长老的钵中。伊师达塔长老说:“在婆罗门提萨造成恐怖的那个时期,这古恩迦树皮团食的布施之业,等到时节因缘具足时,会带来多大的果报啊。”他们吃完后,就去了住处。少女对从森林回来的父母说:“有两位长老来过,我已经把你们住的地方告诉他们了。”父母两人一起到长老那里,顶礼后说:“尊者,凡是我们得到的,都会用来供养你们;请你们就住在这里吧。”长老们答应了。长老们在整个恐怖时期,就一直依靠他们住下来。巴利
Anupubbena carantā paṇṇakhādakamanussānaṃ vasanaṭṭhāne ekaṃ gāmadvāraṃ sampāpuṇiṃsu. Tattha ekissā dārikāya mātāpitaro araññaṃ gacchantā ‘‘sace koci ayyo āgacchati, katthaci gantuṃ mā adāsi; ayyassa vasanaṭṭhānaṃ ācikkheyyāsi, ammā’’ti āhaṃsu. Sā there disvā pattaṃ gahetvā nisīdāpesi. Gehe dhaññajāti nāma natthi. Vāsiṃ pana gahetvā guñjacocarukkhattacaṃ guñjalatāpattehi saddhiṃ ekato koṭṭetvā tayo piṇḍe katvā ekaṃ isidattattherassa ekaṃ mahāsoṇattherassa patte ṭhapetvā ‘atirekapiṇḍaṃ isidattattherassa patte ṭhapessāmī’ti hatthaṃ pasāresi. Hattho parivattitvā mahāsoṇattherassa patte patiṭṭhāpesi. Isidattatthero ‘brāhmaṇatissabhaye guñjacocapiṇḍe vipākadāyakakammaṃ desakālasampadāya kīvapamāṇaṃ vipākaṃ dassatī’ti āha. Te taṃ paribhuñjitvā vasanaṭṭhānaṃ agamaṃsu. Sāpi araññato āgatānaṃ mātāpitūnaṃ ācikkhi ‘‘dve therā āgatā. Tesaṃ me vasanaṭṭhānaṃ ācikkhita’’nti. Te ubhopi therānaṃ santikaṃ gantvā vanditvā ‘‘bhante, yaṃ mayaṃ labhāma, tena tumhe paṭijaggissāma; idheva vasathā’’ti paṭiññaṃ gaṇhiṃsu. Therāpi sabbabhayakālaṃ te upanissāya vasiṃsu.
婆罗门提萨那个贼死后,父王升起了伞盖(即位为王)。从大海彼岸来的比丘僧团听说“怖畏已经平息,国土已经丰足”,便乘船在大渡口登陆,问“摩诃苏那长老住在哪里”,然后前往长老所在之处。长老由五百比丘随从,抵达了迦罗迦村的曼陀罗园寺。那时,迦罗迦村里住着七百户人家。夜里,天神们巡行,告诉人们:“摩诃苏那长老带着五百比丘已经到了曼陀罗园寺。你们每人要供养一份价值一迦哈巴那钱的团食,外加一件九肘长的衣布。”第二天,长老们进入迦罗迦村乞食。人们请他们坐下,供养了粥。住在曼陀罗园寺的提萨菩提长老作为僧团长老而坐。一位大近事男顶礼他之后问:“尊者,哪一位是摩诃苏那长老?”那时长老还是新学比丘,坐在边上。提萨菩提长老伸出手说:“这位就是摩诃苏那,近事男。”近事男向摩诃苏那长老顶礼后,要接他的钵。长老不给。提萨菩提长老说:“苏那贤友,你不知道,我们也不知道;天神们在为有福德之人促成。把钵给他吧,请摄受同梵行者。”长老便交出了钵。大近事男拿着钵回去,装满价值一迦哈巴那钱的团食,用九肘衣布作衬垫,拿来放在长老手中;其他近事男们也唯独供养给这位长老——七百件衣布和七百份团食,全都只供养给了这位长老。巴利
Brāhmaṇatissacore mate pitumahārājā chattaṃ ussāpesi. ‘Bhayaṃ vūpasantaṃ, janapado sampuṇṇo’ti sutvā parasamuddato bhikkhusaṅgho nāvāya mahātitthapaṭṭane oruyha ‘mahāsoṇatthero kahaṃ vasatī’ti pucchitvā therassa santikaṃ agamāsi. Thero pañcasatabhikkhuparivāro kālakagāme maṇḍalārāmavihāraṃ sampāpuṇi. Tasmiṃ samaye kālakagāme sattamattāni kulasatāni paṭivasanti. Rattibhāge devatā āhiṇḍitvā ‘‘mahāsoṇatthero pañcabhikkhusataparivāro maṇḍalārāmavihāraṃ patto. Ekeko navahatthasāṭakena saddhiṃ ekekakahāpaṇagghanakaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ detū’’ti manusse avocuṃ. Punadivase ca therā kālakagāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisiṃsu. Manussā nisīdāpetvā yāguṃ adaṃsu. Maṇḍalārāmavāsī tissabhūtitthero saṅghatthero hutvā nisīdi. Eko mahāupāsako taṃ vanditvā ‘‘bhante, mahāsoṇatthero nāma kataro’’ti pucchi. Tena samayena thero navako hoti pariyante nisinno. Thero hatthaṃ pasāretvā ‘‘mahāsoṇo nāma esa, upāsakā’’ti āha. Upāsako taṃ vanditvā pattaṃ gaṇhāti. Thero na deti. Tissabhūtitthero ‘‘āvuso soṇa, yathā tvaṃ na jānāsi, mayampi evameva na jānāma; puññavantānaṃ devatā paripācenti; pattaṃ dehi, sabrahmacārīnaṃ saṅgahaṃ karohī’’ti āha. Thero pattaṃ adāsi. Mahāupāsako pattaṃ ādāya gantvā kahāpaṇagghanakassa piṇḍapātassa pūretvā navahatthasāṭakaṃ ādhārakaṃ katvā āharitvā therassa hatthe ṭhapesi; aparopi upāsako therassāti satta sāṭakasatāni satta ca piṇḍapātasatāni therasseva adaṃsu.
长老把得到的东西分给比丘僧团后,一路次第前行,到了大寺。他洗了脸,礼拜大菩提树,礼拜大塔,在塔园寺站定,整理好袈裟,在比丘僧团的围绕下从南门进城。从城门到瓦兰迦那厅这一段路上,他得到了价值六十迦哈巴那的团食。从那时起,供养多得无法计量。像这样,时运不济的时候,蜜果树皮和睡莲茎都变得稀有难得;时运好的时候,就出现了这样广大的利养。巴利
Thero bhikkhusaṅghassa saṃvibhāgaṃ katvā anupubbena mahāvihāraṃ pāpuṇitvā mukhaṃ dhovitvā mahābodhiṃ vanditvā mahācetiyaṃ vanditvā thūpārāme ṭhito cīvaraṃ pārupitvā bhikkhusaṅghaparivāro dakkhiṇadvārena nagaraṃ pavisitvā dvārato yāva vaḷañjanakasālā etasmiṃ antare saṭṭhikahāpaṇagghanakaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ labhi. Tato paṭṭhāya pana sakkārassa pamāṇaṃ natthi. Evaṃ kālavipattiyaṃ madhukaphalattacopi kumudanāḷipi dullabhā jātā. Kālasampattiyaṃ evarūpo mahālābho udapādi.
瓦塔巴卡尼拘律陀长老在还是沙弥的时候,也遇到过婆罗门提萨带来的危险。那时沙弥和戒师没有渡海,他们想:“我们就依靠食叶人住下来吧。”于是朝边地走去。沙弥大约七天没吃东西,在一个村子的地方看见棕榈树上有棕果,就对戒师说:“尊者,请稍等一下,我把棕果打下来。”“沙弥,你身体虚弱,别爬上去。”“我要爬,尊者。”他拿起小刀,爬上棕榈树,开始砍棕果串。刀头脱落,掉到了地上。巴利
Vattabbakanigrodhattherassāpi sāmaṇerakāle brāhmaṇatissabhayaṃ udapādi. Sāmaṇero ca upajjhāyo cassa parasamuddaṃ nāgamiṃsu; ‘paṇṇakhādakamanusse upanissāya vasissāmā’ti paccantābhimukhā ahesuṃ. Sāmaṇero sattāhamattaṃ anāhāro hutvā ekasmiṃ gāmaṭṭhāne tālarukkhe tālapakkaṃ disvā upajjhāyaṃ āha – ‘‘bhante, thokaṃ āgametha; tālapakkaṃ pātessāmī’’ti. ‘‘Dubbalosi tvaṃ, sāmaṇera, mā abhiruhī’’ti. ‘‘Abhiruhissāmi, bhante’’ti khuddakavāsiṃ gahetvā tālaṃ āruyha tālapiṇḍaṃ chindituṃ ārabhi. Vāsiphalaṃ nikkhamitvā bhūmiyaṃ pati.
长老心想:“他看起来累得不行,还爬上了树,现在到底要干什么呢?”沙弥把棕榈叶一片一片撕开,绑在斧柄上,一边敲一边打,让棕果掉到地上,然后说:“尊者,如果您能把斧刃装到这里面,那就好了。”长老心想:“这沙弥真有办法。”就把斧刃装上去,递给了他。他举起斧头,把棕果打落下来。长老让他把斧头放下,把滚落下来的棕果破开,等沙弥走过来时对他说:“沙弥,你身体弱,先把这个吃了吧。”沙弥说:“不,尊者,您还没吃,我怎么能先吃。”他拿起斧头,破开棕果,取出果核,把果仁装进去,先给了长老,然后自己才吃。只要还有棕果,他们就一直住在那里;棕果吃完了,他们便一路走,来到食叶人居住的地方,进入一座被人废弃的精舍。沙弥照料长老的住处。长老给了沙弥教导之后,就进了精舍。沙弥心想:“在这种不合适的地方,众生的寿命没有定准,我应当为佛陀做事。”于是他走到塔院,清理杂草。因为大约七天没吃东西,他浑身发抖,倒在地上,就那样躺着拔草。有些人在树林里走动,找到蜂蜜,又捡了柴火和菜叶,听到草丛摇动的声音,以为是鹿,就来到沙弥跟前,问道:“沙弥,你在做什么?”他说:“我在拔草,居士们。”他们又问:“还有别人吗,尊者?”他说:“有,居士们,我的戒师在里面的房间里。”他们说:“尊者,您应该先给长老,然后再吃。”于是把蜂蜜给了沙弥,告诉他自己的住处,又说:“我们要一边折断树枝作路标一边走。您凭着这个标记,带长老一起来吧,尊者。”说完就走了。巴利
Thero cintesi ‘‘ayaṃ kilantova rukkhaṃ āruḷho; kiṃ nu kho idāni karissatī’’ti sāmaṇero tālapaṇṇaṃ phāletvā phāletvā vāsidaṇḍake bandhitvā ghaṭṭento ghaṭṭento bhūmiyaṃ pātetvā ‘‘bhante, sādhu vatassa sace vāsiphalaṃ ettha paveseyyāthā’’ti āha. Thero ‘upāyasampanno sāmaṇero’ti vāsiphalaṃ pavesetvā adāsi. So vāsiṃ ukkhipitvā tālaphalāni pātesi. Thero vāsiṃ pātāpetvā pavaṭṭitvā gataṃ tālaphalaṃ bhinditvā sāmaṇeraṃ otiṇṇakāle āha ‘‘sāmaṇera, tvaṃ dubbalo, idaṃ tāva khādāhī’’ti. ‘‘Nāhaṃ, bhante, tumhehi akhādite khādissāmī’’ti vāsiṃ gahetvā tālaphalāni bhinditvā pattaṃ nīharitvā tālamiñjaṃ pakkhipitvā therassa datvā sayaṃ khādi. Yāva tālaphalāni ahesuṃ, tāva tattheva vasitvā phalesu khīṇesu anupubbena paṇṇakhādakamanussānaṃ vasanaṭṭhāne ekaṃ chaḍḍitavihāraṃ pavisiṃsu. Sāmaṇero therassa vasanaṭṭhānaṃ paṭijaggi. Thero sāmaṇerassa ovādaṃ datvā vihāraṃ pāvisi. Sāmaṇero ‘anāyatane naṭṭhānaṃ attabhāvānaṃ pamāṇaṃ natthi, buddhānaṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ karissāmī’ti cetiyaṅgaṇaṃ gantvā appaharitaṃ karoti; sattāhamattaṃ nirāhāratāya pavedhamāno patitvā nipannakova tiṇāni uddharati. Ekacce ca manussā araññe carantā madhuṃ labhitvā dārūni ceva sākapaṇṇañca gahetvā tiṇacalanasaññāya ‘migo nu kho eso’ti sāmaṇerassa santikaṃ gantvā ‘‘kiṃ karosi, sāmaṇerā’’ti āhaṃsu. ‘‘Tiṇagaṇṭhiṃ gaṇhāmi, upāsakā’’ti. ‘‘Aññopi koci atthi, bhante’’ti? ‘‘Āma, upāsakā, upajjhāyo me antogabbhe’’ti. ‘‘Mahātherassa datvā khādeyyāsi, bhante’’ti sāmaṇerassa madhuṃ datvā attano vasanaṭṭhānaṃ ācikkhitvā ‘‘mayaṃ sākhābhaṅgaṃ karontā gamissāma. Etāya saññāya theraṃ gahetvā āgaccheyyāsi, ayyā’’ti vatvā agamaṃsu.
沙弥拿了蜂蜜,走到长老跟前,站在门外说:“尊者,我向您顶礼。”长老心想:“这沙弥大概是饿得受不了才来的。”就没作声。沙弥又说了一遍:“尊者,我向您顶礼。”长老说:“沙弥,你为什么不让体弱的比丘舒舒服服躺着休息?”沙弥说:“尊者,开门比较合适。”长老起身开了门,问道:“沙弥,你得到了什么?”沙弥说:“有人给了蜂蜜,可以吃,尊者。”长老说:“沙弥,这样直接吃我们会嚼得累,做成饮料喝吧。”沙弥就做成饮料递上去。长老又问他:“沙弥,你问过那些人住的地方了吗?”沙弥说:“他们自己告诉我的,尊者。”长老说:“沙弥,明早再走会累,我们今天就去吧。”他让沙弥拿好衣钵,就出发了。他们走到离那些人住处不远的地方,躺下休息。巴利
Sāmaṇero madhuṃ gahetvā therassa santikaṃ gantvā bahi ṭhatvā ‘‘vandāmi, bhante’’ti āha. Thero ‘sāmaṇero jighacchāya anuḍayhamāno āgato bhavissatī’ti tuṇhī ahosi. So punapi ‘‘vandāmi, bhante’’ti āha. ‘‘Kasmā, sāmaṇera, dubbalabhikkhūnaṃ sukhena nipajjituṃ na desī’’ti? ‘‘Dvāraṃ vivarituṃ sāruppaṃ, bhante’’ti? Thero uṭṭhahitvā dvāraṃ vivaritvā ‘‘kiṃ te, sāmaṇera, laddhaṃ’’ti āha. Manussehi madhu dinnaṃ, khādituṃ sāruppaṃ, bhante’’ti? ‘‘Sāmaṇera, evameva khādituṃ kilamissāma, pānakaṃ katvā pivissāmā’’ti. Sāmaṇero pānakaṃ katvā adāsi. Atha naṃ thero ‘‘manussānaṃ vasanaṭṭhānaṃ pucchasi, sāmaṇerā’’ti āha. Sayameva ācikkhiṃsu, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Sāmaṇera, pātova gacchantā kilamissāma; ajjeva gamissāmā’’ti pattacīvaraṃ gaṇhāpetvā nikkhami. Te gantvā manussānaṃ vasanaṭṭhānassa avidūre nipajjiṃsu.
沙弥在夜里想:“从我出家以来,还从来没在村落附近让天亮过。”于是他拿起钵,去森林里等天亮。大长老在躺卧的地方没看见沙弥,心想:“他大概被食人者抓走了。”沙弥在森林里等到天亮后,用钵取了水和齿木回来。长老说:“沙弥,你去哪儿了?你让年老的比丘起了担心;去领罚吧。”“我去领,尊者。”长老洗了脸,披上袈裟。两人一起去了人们住的地方。人们把自己吃的块茎、果实和叶子给了他们。长老吃完后回到精舍。沙弥取来水说:“尊者,我给您洗脚。”“沙弥,你夜里去哪儿了?你让我们起了担心。”“尊者,我从来没在村落附近让天亮过,为了等天亮才去了森林。”“沙弥,该受罚的不是你,该受罚的是我们。”长老说完,就住在那里,并嘱咐沙弥:“我们老了,没法知道‘会发生什么’。你要保护好自己。”据说这位长老是阿那含。后来食人者把他吃了。沙弥保护好自己,等恐惧平息后,在类似的地方请了戒师,受了具足戒,学习了佛语,成为持三藏者,名叫“应说尼拘陀长老”。巴利
Sāmaṇero rattibhāge cintesi – ‘mayā pabbajitakālato paṭṭhāya gāmante aruṇaṃ nāma na uṭṭhāpitapubba’nti. So pattaṃ gahetvā aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpetuṃ araññaṃ agamāsi. Mahāthero sāmaṇeraṃ nipannaṭṭhāne apassanto ‘manussakhādakehi gahito bhavissatī’ti cintesi. Sāmaṇero araññe aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpetvā pattena udakañca dantakaṭṭhañca gahetvā āgami. ‘‘Sāmaṇera, kuhiṃ gatosi? Mahallakabhikkhūnaṃ te vitakko uppādito; daṇḍakammaṃ āharā’’ti. ‘‘Āharissāmi, bhante’’ti. Thero mukhaṃ dhovitvā cīvaraṃ pārupi. Ubhopi manussānaṃ vasanaṭṭhānaṃ agamaṃsu. Manussāpi attano paribhogaṃ kandamūlaphalapaṇṇaṃ adaṃsu. Theropi paribhuñjitvā vihāraṃ agamāsi. Sāmaṇero udakaṃ āharitvā ‘‘pāde dhovāmi, bhante’’ti āha. ‘‘Sāmaṇera, tvaṃ rattiṃ kuhiṃ gato? Amhākaṃ vitakkaṃ uppādesī’’ti. ‘‘Bhante, gāmante me aruṇaṃ na uṭṭhāpitapubbaṃ; aruṇuṭṭhāpanatthāya araññaṃ agamāsi’’nti. ‘‘Sāmaṇera, na tuyhaṃ daṇḍakammaṃ anucchavikaṃ amhākameva anucchavika’’nti vatvā thero tasmiṃyeva ṭhāne vasi; sāmaṇerassa ca saññaṃ adāsi ‘‘mayaṃ tāva mahallakā; ‘idaṃ nāma bhavissatī’ti na sakkā jānituṃ. Tuvaṃ attānaṃ rakkheyyāsī’’ti. Thero kira anāgāmī. Taṃ aparabhāge manussakhādakā khādiṃsu. Sāmaṇero attānaṃ rakkhitvā bhaye vūpasante tathārūpe ṭhāne upajjhaṃ gāhāpetvā upasampanno buddhavacanaṃ uggahetvā tipiṭakadharo hutvā vattabbakanigrodhatthero nāma jāto.
父王继承了王位。从海外来的比丘们一批批地打听:“瓦塔巴卡尼拘陀长老在哪里?瓦塔巴卡尼拘陀长老在哪里?”然后前往他那里。大比丘僧团围绕着长老。他在大比丘僧团的围绕下,次第来到大寺,礼拜了大菩提树、大塔和塔园,然后向城市进发。就在他前往南门的路上,在九个地方自然得到了三衣;从进入内城的时候起,大供养就出现了。就这样,在时运不济的时候,连多罗果、球根和叶子都变得难以得到;在时运具足的时候,就出现了这样的大利得。他如此了知:因为被时运不济所阻碍而无法给出果报的业,遇到时运具足时便会成熟。巴利
Pitumahārājā rajjaṃ paṭipajji. Parasamuddā āgatāgatā bhikkhū ‘‘kahaṃ vattabbakanigrodhatthero, kahaṃ vattabbakanigrodhatthero’’ti pucchitvā tassa santikaṃ agamaṃsu. Mahābhikkhusaṅgho theraṃ parivāresi. So mahābhikkhusaṅghaparivuto anupubbena mahāvihāraṃ patvā mahābodhiṃ mahācetiyaṃ thūpārāmañca vanditvā nagaraṃ pāyāsi. Yāva dakkhiṇadvārā gacchantasseva navasu ṭhānesu ticīvaraṃ upapajji; antonagaraṃ paviṭṭhakālato paṭṭhāya mahāsakkāro uppajji. Iti kālavipattiyaṃ tālaphalakandamūlapaṇṇampi dullabhaṃ jātaṃ. Kālasampattiyaṃ evarūpo mahālābho uppannoti. Evaṃ kālavipattipaṭibāhitattā vipākaṃ dātuṃ asakkontāni kālasampattiṃ āgamma vipaccantīti pajānāti.
另一个人也有许多善业。但如果他处在精进失败的状态,这些善业就不会成熟。而他依靠某一善业,立足于正确的精进,就能圆满三种善行,守护五戒和十戒。当他投生在时运具足的地方,国王们会把盛装打扮、佩戴一切装饰的公主们送去,说“这些与他相称”;也会把车乘、坐骑、摩尼宝、金、银等种种礼物送去,说“这些与他相称”。巴利
Aparassāpi bahūni kalyāṇakammāni honti. Tāni payogavipattiyaṃ ṭhitassa na vipacceyyuṃ. So pana ekena kalyāṇakammena sammāpayoge patiṭṭhito tīṇi sucaritāni pūreti, pañcasīlaṃ dasasīlaṃ rakkhati. Kālasampattiyaṃ nibbattassa rājāno sabbālaṅkārapatimaṇḍitā rājakaññāyo ‘etassa anucchavikā’ti pesenti, yānavāhanamaṇisuvaṇṇarajatādibhedaṃ taṃ taṃ paṇṇākāraṃ ‘etassa anucchavika’nti pesenti .
即使出家以后,他也能拥有大名望、大威势。这里有一件事:据说,拘吒迦那王把住在山村的瞿罗迦那维西卡的小善法长老当作自己的亲人一样护持。国王住在优婆罗池边时,派人去请长老来。长老来了以后,住在花林寺。国王问长老的母亲:“长老喜欢什么?”她回答说:“块茎,大王。”国王就让人拿了块茎,到寺院去送给长老,却不敢抬头看他的脸。他走出来,到外面的庭院里,问王后:“长老长什么样?”王后说:“你身为男人都不敢抬头看他,我怎么能看?我不知道他长什么样。”国王拍手感叹:“在我自己的国土里,我竟然不敢抬头看一个纳税农家的儿子。佛陀的教法真是伟大啊!”这位国王也把三藏小那伽长老当作亲人一样护持。长老的一根手指上长了一个疮。国王想去看长老,到了寺院,因为强烈的敬爱之情,用嘴含住了那根手指。疮在嘴里破了,脓血涌出来,国王因为对长老的敬爱,像吞甘露一样咽了下去。后来,这位长老躺在临终的床上。国王赶去,把不净的痰盂放在头上,悲泣着来回走动,说:“法车的车轴断了,车轴断了!”一位大地之主把不净的痰盂顶在头上走来走去,这是谁走过的路?这是正精进者走过的路。像这样,应当知道:那些因为精进失败而被障碍、无法产生果报的善业,一旦遇到精进成就,就会成熟。如此,被四种失败所障碍的善业,在未给出果报之前,遇到四种成就后便会给出果报。巴利
Pabbajjūpagatopi mahāyaso hoti mahānubhāvo. Tatridaṃ vatthu – kūṭakaṇṇarājā kira girigāmakaṇṇavāsikaṃ cūḷasudhammattheraṃ mamāyati. So uppalavāpiyaṃ vasamāno theraṃ pakkosāpesi. Thero āgantvā mālārāmavihāre vasati. Rājā therassa mātaraṃ pucchi – ‘‘kiṃ thero piyāyatī’’ti? ‘‘Kandaṃ mahārājā’’ti. Rājā kandaṃ gāhāpetvā vihāraṃ gantvā therassa dadamāno mukhaṃ ulloketuṃ nāsakkhi. So nikkhamitvā ca bahipariveṇe deviṃ pucchi – ‘‘kīdiso thero’’ti? ‘‘Tvaṃ puriso hutvā ulloketuṃ na sakkosi; ahaṃ kathaṃ sakkhissāmi? Nāhaṃ jānāmi kīdiso’’ti. Rājā ‘mama raṭṭhe balikāragahapatiputtaṃ ulloketuṃ na visahāmi. Mahantaṃ vata bho buddhasāsanaṃ nāmā’ti apphoṭesi. Tipiṭakacūḷanāgattherampi mamāyati. Tassa aṅguliyaṃ ekā piḷakā uṭṭhahi. Rājā ‘theraṃ passissāmī’ti vihāraṃ gantvā balavapemena aṅguliṃ mukhena gaṇhi. Antomukheyeva piḷakā bhinnā, pubbalohitaṃ anuṭṭhubhitvā there sinehena amataṃ viya ajjhohari. Soyeva thero aparabhāge maraṇamañce nipajji. Rājā gantvā asucikapallakaṃ sīse ṭhapetvā ‘dhammasakaṭassa akkho bhijjati akkho bhijjatī’ti paridevamāno vicari. Pathavissarassa asucikapallakaṃ sīsena ukkhipitvā vicaraṇaṃ nāma kassa gatamaggo? Sammāpayogassa gatamaggoti. Evaṃ payogavipattipaṭibāhitattā vipākaṃ dātuṃ asakkontāni payogasampattiṃ āgamma vipaccantīti pajānāti. Evaṃ catūhi vipattīhi paṭibāhitaṃ kalyāṇakammaṃ vipākaṃ adatvā catasso sampattiyo āgamma deti.
这里用一件真实的事来打比方:据说,有一位大王因为一件很小的事对一位大臣发了火,把他关进了牢里。大臣的亲戚们知道国王正在气头上,就什么也没说。等到国王的暴怒平息之后,他们才让国王知道那位大臣是无辜的。国王便把他放了,还恢复了他原来的职位。于是,从四面八方送来的礼物多得数不清,人们根本来不及接收。这里,国王因为一点小事发怒、把大臣关进牢里的那个时候,就像凡夫投生到地狱的时候。后来亲戚们说服国王、恢复他职位的时候,就像他投生到天界的时候。来不及接收礼物的时候,应当理解为:善业遇到四种成就之后,把人从天界带到人间、从人间带到天界,就这样从一个安乐之处带到另一个安乐之处,给予百千劫的快乐果报,最终引导他证得涅槃。巴利
Tatridaṃ bhūtamatthaṃ katvā opammaṃ – eko kira mahārājā ekassa amaccassa appamattena kujjhitvā taṃ bandhanāgāre bandhāpesi. Tassa ñātakā rañño kuddhabhāvaṃ ñatvā kiñci avatvā caṇḍakope vigate rājānaṃ tassa niraparādhabhāvaṃ jānāpesuṃ. Rājā muñcitvā tassa ṭhānantaraṃ paṭipākatikaṃ akāsi. Athassa tato tato āgacchantānaṃ paṇṇākārānaṃ pamāṇaṃ nāhosi. Manussā sampaṭicchituṃ nāsakkhiṃsu. Tattha rañño appamattakena kujjhitvā tassa bandhanāgāre bandhāpitakālo viya puthujjanassa niraye nibbattakālo. Athassa ñātakehi rājānaṃ saññāpetvā ṭhānantarassa paṭipākatikakaraṇakālo viya tassa sagge nibbattakālo. Paṇṇākāraṃ sampaṭicchituṃ asamatthakālo viya catasso sampattiyo āgamma kalyāṇakammānaṃ devalokato manussalokaṃ, manussalokato devalokanti evaṃ sukhaṭṭhānato sukhaṭṭhānameva netvā kappasatasahassampi sukhavipākaṃ datvā nibbānasampāpanaṃ veditabbaṃ.
像这样,先按照经文本身说明了第二种力之后,还要再依据“曾有业,曾有业果”(《无碍解道》1.234)这个无碍解道的方式来说明。其中,“曾有业”是指过去所积累的业,它在过去就已经存在。而对于过去已经给出果报的业,就针对它说“曾有业果”。不过,在现法受业等当中,即使积累了很多业,也只有一个现法受业给出果报,其余的都没有果报。一个后生受业牵引结生,其余的都没有果报。由一个无间业投生地狱,其余的都没有果报。由八等至中的一种投生梵天界,其余的都没有果报。针对这种情况,就说“没有业果”。如果有人造了很多善业和不善业之后,依靠善知识而证得阿罗汉果,那么这个人的业果就叫作“没有”。过去积累的业,现在给出果报,这叫“曾有业,有业果”。按照前面所说的方式变成没有果报的,这叫“曾有业,没有业果”。过去积累的业,将来会给出果报,这叫“曾有业,将有业果”。按照前面所说的方式将会变成没有果报的,这叫“曾有业,将没有业果”。巴利
Evaṃ tāva pāḷivaseneva dutiyaṃ balaṃ dīpetvā puna ‘‘ahosi kammaṃ ahosi kammavipāko’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.234) iminā paṭisambhidānayenāpi dīpetabbaṃ. Tattha ‘ahosi kamma’nti atīte āyūhitaṃ kammaṃ atīteyeva ahosi. Yena pana atīte vipāko dinno, taṃ sandhāya ‘ahosi kammavipāko’ti vuttaṃ. Diṭṭhadhammavedanīyādīsu pana bahūsupi āyūhitesu ekaṃ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ vipākaṃ deti, sesāni avipākāni. Ekaṃ upapajjavedanīyaṃ paṭisandhiṃ ākaḍḍhati, sesāni avipākāni. Ekenānantariyena niraye upapajjati, sesāni avipākāni. Aṭṭhasu samāpattīsu ekāya brahmaloke nibbattati, sesā avipākā. Idaṃ sandhāya ‘nāhosi kammavipāko’ti vuttaṃ. Yo pana bahumpi kusalākusalaṃ kammaṃ katvā kalyāṇamittaṃ nissāya arahattaṃ pāpuṇāti, etassa kammavipāko ‘nāhosi’ nāma. Yaṃ atīte āyūhitaṃ etarahi vipākaṃ deti taṃ ‘ahosi kammaṃ atthi kammavipāko’ nāma. Yaṃ purimanayeneva avipākataṃ āpajjati taṃ ‘ahosi kammaṃ natthi kammavipāko’ nāma. Yaṃ atīte āyūhitaṃ anāgate vipākaṃ dassati taṃ ‘ahosi kammaṃ bhavissati kammavipāko’ nāma. Yaṃ purimanayena avipākataṃ āpajjissati taṃ ‘ahosi kammaṃ na bhavissati kammavipāko’ nāma.
现在所造作、当下就产生果报的,这叫“有业,有业果”。按照前面同样的道理,不会产生果报的,这叫“有业,无业果”。现在所造作、将来才产生果报的,这叫“有业,将有业果”。按照前面同样的道理,将来也不会产生果报的,这叫“有业,将无业果”。巴利
Yaṃ etarahi āyūhitaṃ etarahiyeva vipākaṃ deti taṃ ‘atthi kammaṃ atthi kammavipāko’ nāma. Yaṃ purimanayeneva avipākataṃ āpajjati taṃ ‘atthi kammaṃ natthi kammavipāko’ nāma. Yaṃ etarahi āyūhitaṃ anāgate vipākaṃ dassati taṃ ‘atthi kammaṃ bhavissati kammavipāko’ nāma. Yaṃ purimanayeneva avipākataṃ āpajjissati taṃ ‘atthi kammaṃ na bhavissati kammavipāko’ nāma.
凡是本身属于未来、而它的果报也属于未来的业,就称为“将有业,将有业果”。凡是本身将在未来生起,但依照前面同样的道理,将成为没有果报的业,就称为“将有业,将无业果”。巴利
Yaṃ sayampi anāgataṃ, vipākopissa anāgato taṃ ‘bhavissati kammaṃ bhavissati kammavipāko’ nāma. Yaṃ sayaṃ bhavissati, purimanayeneva avipākataṃ āpajjissati taṃ ‘bhavissati kammaṃ na bhavissati kammavipāko’ nāma.
这就是如来的:应当知道,如来以所有这些方式了知业与业果报的差别,从不可动摇的意义上说,这就是第二力。巴利
Idaṃ tathāgatassāti idaṃ sabbehipi etehi ākārehi tathāgatassa kammantaravipākantarajānanañāṇaṃ akampiyaṭṭhena dutiyabalaṃ veditabbanti.
第三力的解说巴利
Tatiyabalaniddeso
811 在第三力的解说中,“道”或“行道”,其实都是业的名称。所谓“导向地狱”等说法里,地狱是因为没有滋味、没有喜乐而得名。向上走、又横向偏转的,是畜生;畜生本身就是畜生道。因为具有饿鬼的状态而叫饿鬼,意思是从这里死后成为那种状态;饿鬼本身就是饿鬼界。因为心意增盛而成为人;人本身就是人间。因为享受五种欲乐,或者因为殊胜的处境成就而嬉戏欢乐,所以叫天人;天人本身就是天界。渴爱被称为“林”;那里没有渴爱,所以是涅槃。去往地狱,就是“导向地狱”,这是就道来说的;而行道则称为导向地狱。其余几句也是同样的道理。如来完全了知这一切行道。巴利
811. Tatiyabalaniddese maggoti vā paṭipadāti vā kammassevetaṃ nāmaṃ. Nirayagāminītiādīsu nirassādaṭṭhena niratiatthena ca nirayo. Uddhaṃ anugantvā tiriyaṃ añcitāti tiracchānā; tiracchānāyeva tiracchānayoni. Petatāya petti; ito pecca gatabhāvenāti attho. Pettiyeva pettivisayo. Manassa ussannatāya manussā; manussāva manussaloko. Dibbanti pañcahi kāmaguṇehi adhimattāya vā ṭhānasampattiyāti devā; devāva devaloko. Vānaṃ vuccati taṇhā; taṃ tattha natthīti nibbānaṃ. Nirayaṃ gacchatīti nirayagāmī. Idaṃ maggaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Paṭipadā pana nirayagāminī nāma hoti. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Idaṃ sabbampi paṭipadaṃ tathāgato pajānāti.
怎么理解呢?比如整个村子的居民一起杀一头猪或一只鹿时,所有人的思都以他人的命根为所缘。但就在他们造业的那一刻,业就已经各不相同了。其中有人是出于恭敬、生起意欲而做的;有人是被别人逼迫,听到“你也来做”才做的;有人则像是意愿相同一样,没人阻拦就跟着做了。他们当中,有人因为这个业投生到地狱,有人投生到畜生道,有人投生到饿鬼界。如来在他们造业的那一刻就知道:“因为是以这种方式造作的,这个人将投生到地狱,这个人将投生到畜生道,这个人将投生到饿鬼界。”对于正在投生到地狱的,他也知道:“这个人将投生到八大地狱,这个人将投生到十六小地狱。”对于正在投生到畜生道的,他也知道:“这个人将成为无足的,这个人将成为两足的,这个人将成为四足的,这个人将成为多足的。”对于正在投生到饿鬼界的,他也知道:“这个人将成为被渴爱灼烧的,这个人将成为饥渴的,这个人将成为靠他人施食过活的。”对于这些业,他也知道:“这个业无法牵引结生,是弱业,在结生之后,只会成为余蕴的异熟。”巴利
Kathaṃ ? Sakalagāmavāsikesupi hi ekato ekaṃ sūkaraṃ vā migaṃ vā jīvitā voropentesu sabbesampi cetanā parassa jīvitindriyārammaṇāva hoti. Taṃ pana kammaṃ tesaṃ āyūhanakkhaṇeyeva nānā hoti. Tesu hi eko ādarena chandajāto karoti. Eko ‘ehi tvampi karohī’ti parehi nippīḷitattā karoti. Eko samānacchando viya hutvā appaṭibāhiyamāno vicarati. Tesu eko teneva kammena niraye nibbattati, eko tiracchānayoniyaṃ, eko pettivisaye. Taṃ tathāgato āyūhanakkhaṇeyeva ‘iminā nīhārena āyūhitattā esa niraye nibbattissati , esa tiracchānayoniyaṃ, esa pettivisaye’ti pajānāti . Niraye nibbattamānampi ‘esa aṭṭhasu mahānirayesu nibbattissati, esa soḷasasu ussadanirayesu nibbattissatī’ti pajānāti. Tiracchānayoniyaṃ nibbattamānampi ‘esa apādako bhavissati, esa dvipādako, esa catuppādako, esa bahuppādako’ti pajānāti. Pettivisaye nibbattamānampi ‘esa nijjhāmataṇhiko bhavissati, esa khuppipāsiko, esa paradattūpajīvī’ti pajānāti. Tesu ca kammesu ‘idaṃ kammaṃ paṭisandhiṃ ākaḍḍhituṃ na sakkhissati, dubbalaṃ dinnāya paṭisandhiyā upadhivepakkaṃ bhavissatīti pajānāti.
同样,当全村居民一起布施钵食时,所有人的思都以所施的钵食为所缘。不过,在他们造业的那一刹那,这些业就如前所说那样各不相同。他们当中,有些人将投生到天界,有些人将投生到人间。如来在他们造业的那一刹那就知道:因为是以这种方式造业的缘故,这个人将投生到人间,这个人将投生到天界。对于将投生天界的人,他也知道:这个人将投生到他化自在天,这个人将投生化乐天,这个人将投生兜率天,这个人将投生夜摩天,这个人将投生三十三天,这个人将投生四大王天,这个人将投生地居天;而这个人将投生为天王,这个人将作为他的第二或第三把手、作为侍从而投生。对于将投生人间的人,他也知道:这个人将投生在刹帝利家,这个人将投生在婆罗门家,这个人将投生在吠舍家,这个人将投生在首陀罗家;而这个人将在人间投生为国王,这个人将作为他的第二或第三把手、作为侍从而投生。对于这些业,他也知道:这个业没有能力牵引结生,是弱业,在结生之后,将成为后续诸蕴的异熟。巴利
Tathā sakalagāmavāsikesu ekato piṇḍapātaṃ dadamānesu sabbesampi cetanā piṇḍapātārammaṇāva hoti. Taṃ pana kammaṃ tesaṃ āyūhanakkhaṇeyeva purimanayena nānā hoti. Tesu keci devaloke nibbattissanti, keci manussaloke. Taṃ tathāgato āyūhanakkhaṇeyeva ‘iminā nīhārena āyūhitattā esa manussaloke nibbattissati, esa devaloke’ti pajānāti. Devaloke nibbattamānānampi ‘esa paranimmitavasavattīsu nibbattissati, esa nimmānaratīsu, esa tusitesu, esa yāmesu, esa tāvatiṃsesu, esa cātumahārājikesu, esa bhummadevesu; esa pana jeṭṭhakadevarājā hutvā nibbattissati, esa etassa dutiyaṃ vā tatiyaṃ vā ṭhānantaraṃ karonto paricārako hutvā nibbattissatī’ti pajānāti. Manussesu nibbattamānānampi ‘esa khattiyakule nibbattissati, esa brāhmaṇakule, esa vessakule, esa suddakule; esa pana manussesu rājā hutvā nibbattissati, esa etassa dutiyaṃ vā tatiyaṃ vā ṭhānantaraṃ karonto paricārako hutvā nibbattissatī’ti pajānāti . Tesu ca kammesu ‘idaṃ kammaṃ paṭisandhiṃ ākaḍḍhituṃ na sakkhissati, dubbalaṃ dinnāya paṭisandhiyā upadhivepakkaṃ bhavissatī’ti pajānāti.
同样,在人们刚开始修观的时候,他就以那种方式了知观是如何被启动的:“这个人将会证得阿罗汉果,这个人将无法证得阿罗汉果,这个人将只成为不还者,这个人将只成为一来者,这个人将只成为入流者;而这个人将无法证悟道或果,只会停留在以相为所缘的观上;这个人只会停留在对缘的把握上,这个人只会停留在对名色的把握上,这个人只会停留在对非色的把握上,这个人只会停留在对色的把握上,这个人只会辨别到大种而已,这个人将什么也无法辨识。”巴利
Tathā vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapentesuyeva yena nīhārena vipassanā āraddhā, ‘esa arahattaṃ pāpuṇissati, esa arahattaṃ pattuṃ na sakkhissati, esa anāgāmīyeva bhavissati, esa sakadāgāmīyeva, esa sotāpannoyeva; esa pana maggaṃ vā phalaṃ vā sacchikātuṃ na sakkhissati, lakkhaṇārammaṇāya vipassanāyameva ṭhassati; esa paccayapariggaheyeva, esa nāmarūpapariggaheyeva, esa arūpapariggaheyeva, esa rūpapariggaheyeva ṭhassati, esa mahābhūtamattameva vavatthāpessati, esa kiñci sallakkhetuṃ na sakkhissatī’ti pajānāti.
正在修习遍作相的人,他也能清楚地知道:这个人只能做到遍作的程度,没办法生起似相;而这个人能生起似相,却没办法达到安止;另一个人能达到安止,以禅那作为基础,建立起观禅,将会证得阿罗汉果。巴利
Kasiṇaparikammaṃ karontesupi ‘etassa parikammamattameva bhavissati, nimittaṃ uppādetuṃ na sakkhissati; esa pana nimittaṃ uppādetuṃ sakkhissati, appanaṃ pāpetuṃ na sakkhissati; esa appanaṃ pāpetvā jhānaṃ pādakaṃ katvā vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā arahattaṃ gaṇhissatī’ti pajānātīti.
第四力的解说巴利
Catutthabalaniddeso
812 在第四力的解说中,“蕴的差别”是指:他了知“这是色蕴……这是识蕴”,这样了知五蕴之间的差别。对于这些蕴,他又了知:“以一种方式来说是色蕴……以十一种方式来说是色蕴;以一种方式来说是受蕴……以多种方式来说是受蕴……以一种方式来说是想蕴……以一种方式来说是行蕴……以一种方式来说是识蕴……以多种方式来说是识蕴。”这样了知每一个蕴的差别。“处的差别”是指:他了知“这是眼处……这是法处。其中,十处属于欲界,二处属于四地。”这样了知处的差别。“界的差别”是指:他了知“这是眼界……这是意识界。其中,十六界属于欲界,二界属于四地。”这样了知界的差别。巴利
812. Catutthabalaniddese khandhanānattanti ‘ayaṃ rūpakkhandho nāma…pe… ayaṃ viññāṇakkhandho nāmā’ti evaṃ pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ pajānāti. Tesupi ‘ekavidhena rūpakkhandho…pe… ekādasavidhena rūpakkhandho. Ekavidhena vedanākkhandho…pe… bahuvidhena vedanākkhandho…pe… ekavidhena saññākkhandho…pe… ekavidhena saṅkhārakkhandho…pe… ekavidhena viññāṇakkhandho…pe… bahuvidhena viññāṇakkhandho’ti evaṃ ekekassa khandhassa nānattaṃ pajānāti. Āyatananānattanti ‘idaṃ cakkhāyatanaṃ nāma…pe… idaṃ dhammāyatanaṃ nāma. Tattha dasāyatanā kāmāvacarā, dve catubhūmakā’ti evaṃ āyatananānattaṃ pajānāti. Dhātunānattanti ‘ayaṃ cakkhudhātu nāma…pe… ayaṃ manoviññāṇadhātu nāma. Tattha soḷasa dhātuyo kāmāvacarā, dve catubhūmakā’ti evaṃ dhātunānattaṃ pajānāti.
再者,“种种界、种种界的世间多样性”这一句,不只是为了说明如来了知有执取行世间的多样性,也是为了说明如来了知无执取行世间的多样性。因为独觉佛和两位上首弟子,对有执取行世间的多样性也只是部分地了知,并非完全了知;对无执取行世间的多样性则完全不了知。而一切知佛则能这样了知无执取行世间的多样性:“由于名为某某的界增盛,这棵名为某某的树,树干是白色的,这棵是黑色的,这棵是光滑的;这棵树皮厚,这棵树皮薄;由于名为某某的界增盛,这棵树的叶子在颜色、形状等方面是这样的;由于这个界增盛,这棵树的花是蓝色的、黄色的、红色的、白色的,是香的、臭的;由于名为某某的界增盛,这棵树的果实是小的、大的、长的、短的、圆的、形状端正的、形状不端正的、光滑的、粗糙的、香的、臭的、甜的、苦的、酸的、辣的、涩的;由于名为某某的界增盛,这棵树的刺是锋利的、极锋利的、直的、弯的、铜色的、黑色的、蓝色的、白色的。”他就是如此了知无执取行世间的多样性。这确实是一切知佛的力量,不是其他人所有的。巴利
Puna anekadhātunānādhātulokanānattanti idaṃ na kevalaṃ upādinnakasaṅkhāralokasseva nānattaṃ tathāgato pajānāti, anupādinnakasaṅkhāralokassāpi nānattaṃ tathāgato pajānātiyevāti dassetuṃ gahitaṃ. Paccekabuddhā hi dve ca aggasāvakā upādinnakasaṅkhāralokassāpi nānattaṃ ekadesatova jānanti no nippadesato, anupādinnakalokassa pana nānattaṃ na jānanti. Sabbaññubuddho pana ‘imāya nāma dhātuyā ussannāya imassa nāma rukkhassa khandho seto hoti, imassa kāḷako, imassa maṭṭo; imassa bahalattaco, imassa tanuttaco; imāya nāma dhātuyā ussannāya imassa rukkhassa pattaṃ vaṇṇasaṇṭhānādivasena evarūpaṃ nāma hoti; imāya pana dhātuyā ussannāya imassa rukkhassa pupphaṃ nīlakaṃ hoti, pītakaṃ, lohitakaṃ, odātaṃ, sugandhaṃ , duggandhaṃ hoti; imāya nāma dhātuyā ussannāya phalaṃ khuddakaṃ hoti, mahantaṃ, dīghaṃ, rassaṃ, vaṭṭaṃ, susaṇṭhānaṃ, dussaṇṭhānaṃ, maṭṭhaṃ, pharusaṃ, sugandhaṃ, duggandhaṃ, madhuraṃ, tittakaṃ, ambilaṃ, kaṭukaṃ, kasāvaṃ hoti; imāya nāma dhātuyā ussannāya imassa rukkhassa kaṇṭako tikhiṇo hoti, atikhiṇo, ujuko, kuṭilo, tambo, kāḷako, nīlo, odāto hotī’ti evaṃ anupādinnakasaṅkhāralokassa nānattaṃ pajānāti. Sabbaññubuddhānaṃyeva hi etaṃ balaṃ, na aññesanti.
第五力的解说巴利
Pañcamabalaniddeso
813 在第五力的解说中,志向低劣的人就是意乐低劣的人。志向殊胜的人就是意乐贤善的人。依止就是依靠、依附。亲近就是前往接近。侍奉就是一再地前往接近。如果戒师和依止师不具戒,而同住弟子具戒,这些同住弟子就不会去亲近自己的戒师和依止师,只会去亲近跟自己同等且合适的比丘。如果戒师和依止师是合适的比丘,而其他人不合适,那些人也不会去亲近戒师和依止师,只会去亲近跟自己同等的、志向低劣的人。巴利
813. Pañcamabalaniddese hīnādhimuttikāti hīnajjhāsayā. Paṇītādhimuttikāti kalyāṇajjhāsayā. Sevantīti nissayanti allīyanti. Bhajantīti upasaṅkamanti. Payirupāsantīti punappunaṃ upasaṅkamanti. Sace hi ācariyupajjhāyā na sīlavanto honti, saddhivihārikā sīlavanto honti, te attano ācariyupajjhāyepi na upasaṅkamanti, attanā sadise sāruppabhikkhūyeva upasaṅkamanti. Sace ācariyupajjhāyā sāruppabhikkhū, itare asāruppā, tepi na ācariyupajjhāye upasaṅkamanti, attanā sadise hīnādhimuttike eva upasaṅkamanti.
这种亲近并不只是现在才这样,为了说明过去和未来也是如此,所以经文说“过去时”等等。这段的意思很清楚。那么,是什么决定恶戒者只亲近恶戒者,具戒者只亲近具戒者,劣慧者只亲近劣慧者,具慧者只亲近具慧者呢?是意乐界在决定。据说,很多比丘为了集体乞食走进一个村子。人们拿来很多食物,把他们的钵装满,说“你们按各自相应的一起吃吧”,然后送他们走。比丘们说:“贤友们,人们是在做与界相应的事。”持三藏的小无畏长老带着五百位比丘去龙岛礼塔,在一个村子里受人邀请。跟长老一起的,有一位不相应的比丘。常住的寺院里也有一位不相应的比丘。当两群比丘走进村子时,这两个人虽然客比丘从没见过住寺比丘,住寺比丘也从没见过客比丘,却还是走到一起,有说有笑地站在一旁。长老看见后说:“正自觉者以智慧了知后,宣说了与界相应之法。”巴利
Evaṃ upasaṅkamanaṃ pana na kevalaṃ etaraheva, atītānāgatepīti dassetuṃ atītampi addhānantiādimāha. Taṃ uttānatthameva. Idaṃ pana dussīlānaṃ dussīlasevanameva, sīlavantānaṃ sīlavantasevanameva, duppaññānaṃ duppaññasevanameva, paññavantānaṃ paññavantasevanameva ko niyāmetīti? Ajjhāsayadhātu niyāmeti. Sambahulā kira bhikkhū ekaṃ gāmaṃ gaṇabhikkhācāraṃ caranti. Manussā bahubhattaṃ āharitvā pattāni pūretvā ‘‘tumhākaṃ yathāsabhāgena paribhuññathā’’ti datvā uyyojesuṃ. Bhikkhūpi āhaṃsu ‘‘āvuso, manussā dhātusaṃyuttakamme payojentī’’ti. Tipiṭakacūḷābhayattheropi nāgadīpe cetiyaṃ vandanāya pañcahi bhikkhusatehi saddhiṃ gacchanto ekasmiṃ gāme manussehi nimantito. Therena ca saddhiṃ eko asāruppabhikkhu atthi. Dhuravihārepi eko asāruppabhikkhu atthi. Dvīsu bhikkhusaṅghesu gāmaṃ osarantesu te ubhopi janā, kiñcāpi āgantukena nevāsiko nevāsikena vā āgantuko na diṭṭhapubbo, evaṃ santepi, ekato hutvā hasitvā hasitvā kathayamānā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Thero disvā ‘‘sammāsambuddhena jānitvā dhātusaṃyuttaṃ kathita’’nti āha.
这样说了“意乐界决定”之后,应当依据《界相应》来说明这个道理。在灵鹫山上,世尊生病躺在床榻上,舍利弗、目犍连等大弟子为了守护他,围绕在他身边住下。世尊看到他们各自带着自己的弟子们在经行,就把比丘们叫过来说:“比丘们,你们看见舍利弗和许多比丘一起经行吗?”“看见了,尊者。”“比丘们,这些比丘全都是大有智慧的人。”(《相应部》2.99)应当把全部内容详细展开。巴利
Evaṃ ‘ajjhāsayadhātu niyāmetī’ti vatvā dhātusaṃyuttena ayamevattho dīpetabbo. Gijjhakūṭapabbatasmiñhi gilānaseyyāya nipanno bhagavā ārakkhaṇatthāya parivāretvā vasantesu sāriputtamoggallānādīsu ekamekaṃ attano attano parisāya saddhiṃ caṅkamantaṃ oloketvā bhikkhū āmantesi ‘‘passatha no tumhe, bhikkhave, sāriputtaṃ sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ caṅkamanta’’nti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Sabbe kho ete, bhikkhave, bhikkhū mahāpaññā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.99) sabbaṃ vitthāretabbanti.
第六力的解说巴利
Chaṭṭhabalaniddeso
814 在第六力的解说中,“志向”是指众生心所倾向、安住的地方,那就是他们的安住之处,或者是邪见,或者是如实智。“随眠”是指没有断除、仍在随眠的烦恼。“行”是指由身体等所造作的善与不善。“意乐”是指内心的倾向。在“少尘垢者”等说法中,以慧为眼,贪、嗔、痴的尘垢少而微薄的人,就是“少尘垢者”;因为同样的尘垢广大,就是“多尘垢者”。这两者分别显示烦恼轻微和烦恼深重的众生。那些信等根锐利的人,就是“利根者”;那些信等根迟钝的人,就是“钝根者”。那些志向等方面贤善的人,就是“善行相者”;相反的,就是“恶行相者”。那些能领受所说的道理、容易让他们明白的人,就是“易教化者”;相反的,就是“难教化者”。那些适合证悟圣道、具备亲依止缘的人,就是“堪能者”;相反的,就是“不堪能者”。巴利
814. Chaṭṭhabalaniddese āsayanti yattha sattā āsayanti nivasanti, taṃ tesaṃ nivāsaṭṭhānaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ vā yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇaṃ vā. Anusayanti appahīnānusayitaṃ kilesaṃ. Caritanti kāyādīhi abhisaṅkhataṃ kusalākusalaṃ. Adhimuttanti ajjhāsayaṃ. Apparajakkhetiādīsu paññāmaye akkhimhi appaṃ parittaṃ rāgadosamoharajaṃ etesanti apparajakkhā. Tasseva mahantatāya mahārajakkhā. Ubhayenāpi mandakilese mahākilese ca satte dasseti. Yesaṃ saddhādīni indriyāni tikkhāni, te tikkhindriyā. Yesaṃ tāni mudūni, te mudindriyā. Yesaṃ āsayādayo koṭṭhāsā sundarā, te svākārā. Viparītā dvākārā. Ye kathitakāraṇaṃ sallakkhenti, sukhena sakkā honti viññāpetuṃ, te suviññāpayā. Viparītā duviññāpayā. Ye ariyamaggapaṭivedhassa anucchavikā upanissayasampannā, te bhabbā. Viparītā abhabbā.
815 像这样,把第六力的论母安立好之后,现在按顺序分别解说,于是说出“什么是众生的志向”等话。其中,“世间是常”等的含义,在前面解释蕴品时已经说过。因此,“依止有见”就是依止常见。因为这里的常见被称为“有见”,断灭见则被称为“无有见”。由于一切见解都被常见和断灭见所包含,所以一切持见解的众生都依止这两种见。这也已经说过:“迦旃延,这个世间大多依止于两种极端——存在与不存在。”这里,“存在”就是常见,“不存在”就是断灭见。以上这些,就是依止轮回的凡夫众生的志向。巴利
815. Evaṃ chaṭṭhabalassa mātikaṃ ṭhapetvā idāni yathāpaṭipāṭiyā bhājento katamo ca sattānaṃ āsayotiādimāha. Tattha sassato lokotiādīnaṃ attho heṭṭhā nikkhepakaṇḍavaṇṇanāyaṃ (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 1105) vuttoyeva. Iti bhavadiṭṭhisannissitā vāti evaṃ sassatadiṭṭhiṃ vā sannissitā. Sassatadiṭṭhi hi ettha bhavadiṭṭhīti vuttā; ucchedadiṭṭhi ca vibhavadiṭṭhīti. Sabbadiṭṭhīnañhi sassatucchedadiṭṭhī hi saṅgahitattā sabbepi diṭṭhigatikā sattā imāva dve diṭṭhiyo sannissitā honti. Vuttampi cetaṃ – ‘‘dvayasannissito kho panāyaṃ, kaccāna, loko yebhuyyena – atthitañceva natthitañcā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.15). Ettha hi atthitāti sassataṃ, natthitāti ucchedo. Ayaṃ tāva vaṭṭasannissitānaṃ puthujjanasattānaṃ āsayo.
现在,为了显示那些依止于还灭的清净众生的习性,所以说了“或者,不趋近这两种极端”等话。其中,“或者”就是指这些众生。“两种极端”就是指被称为常见和断见的两种边见。“不趋近”就是不执著。“此缘性与缘已生法”就是指此缘性以及缘已生的诸法。“随顺忍”就是观智。“如实智”就是道智。这里说的是:对于缘起和缘已生法,通过不趋近常见和断见这两种极端而获得的观智,以及从这之后更进一步的道智——这就是众生的习性,也是依止轮回者和依止还灭者、一切众生的习性,是他们所安住的地方。这是诸位阿阇梨共同一致的注释。巴利
Idāni vivaṭṭasannissitānaṃ suddhasattānaṃ āsayaṃ dassetuṃ ete vā pana ubho ante anupagammātiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ete vā panāti eteyeva. Ubho anteti sassatucchedasaṅkhāte dve ante. Anupagammāti anallīyitvā. Idappaccayatā paṭiccasamuppannesu dhammesūti idappaccayatāya ceva paṭiccasamuppannadhammesu ca. Anulomikā khantīti vipassanāñāṇaṃ. Yathābhūtaṃ vā ñāṇanti maggañāṇaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yā paṭiccasamuppāde ceva paṭiccasamuppannadhammesu ca ete ubho sassatucchedaante anupagantvā vipassanā paṭiladdhā, yañca tato uttarimaggañāṇaṃ – ayaṃ sattānaṃ āsayo, ayaṃ vaṭṭasannissitānañca vivaṭṭasannissitānañca sabbesampi sattānaṃ āsayo, idaṃ vasanaṭṭhānanti. Ayaṃ ācariyānaṃ samānatthakathā.
诡辩者却说:“所谓‘道’,是一路摧破住处而去的,你不是也说道就是住处吗?”这时应当反问他:“那你是不是圣住的诵持者?”如果他说“不是”,就该对他说:“因为你不诵持,所以你不知道。”如果他说“我是诵持者”,就该对他说:“请把经文举出来。”如果他举得出来,那很好;如果举不出来,就该自己举出来:“比丘们,有这十种圣住,过去诸圣曾住于其中,现在诸圣正住于其中,未来诸圣将住于其中。”(《增支部》10.19)因为这部经正好说明了道就是住处。所以,这话确实说得好。而世尊因为了知众生的习性,所以对这些邪见,以及观智和道智尚未生起的那个刹那,也一样了知。关于这一点也有这样的说法——巴利
Vitaṇḍavādī panāha – ‘maggo nāma vāsaṃ viddhaṃsento gacchati, nanu tvaṃ maggo vāsoti vadesī’ti? So vattabbo ‘tvaṃ ariyavāsabhāṇako hosi na hosī’ti? Sace pana ‘na homī’ti vadati, ‘abhāṇakatāya na jānāsī’ti vattabbo. Sace ‘bhāṇakosmī’ti vadati, ‘suttaṃ āharā’ti vattabbo. Sace āharati, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ; no ce āharati sayaṃ āharitabbaṃ – ‘‘dasayime, bhikkhave, ariyavāsā, ye ariyā āvasiṃsu vā āvasanti vā āvasissanti vā’’ti (a. ni. 10.19). Etañhi suttaṃ maggassa vāsabhāvaṃ dīpeti. Tasmā sukathitamevetanti. Idaṃ pana bhagavā sattānaṃ āsayaṃ jānanto imesañca diṭṭhigatānaṃ vipassanāñāṇamaggañāṇānaṃ appavattikkhaṇepi jānāti eva. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
唯由亲近欲乐,即知:此人的重心在欲乐,习性是欲乐,志趣在欲乐。唯由亲近出离,即知:此人的重心在出离,习性是出离,志趣在出离。嗔恚……(中略)……无嗔……昏沉睡眠……(中略)……唯由亲近光明想与出离,即知:此人的重心在光明想,习性是光明想,志趣在光明想。巴利
‘‘Kāmaṃ sevantaññeva jānāti ‘ayaṃ puggalo kāmagaruko kāmāsayo kāmādhimutto’ti. Nekkhammaṃ sevantaññeva jānāti ‘ayaṃ puggalo nekkhammagaruko nekkhammāsayo nekkhammādhimutto’ti. Byāpādaṃ…pe… abyāpādaṃ… thinamiddhaṃ…pe… ālokasaññaṃ nekkhammaṃ sevantaññeva jānāti sevantaññeva jānāti ‘ayaṃ puggalo ālokasaññāgaruko ālokasaññāsayo ālokasaññādhimutto’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.113).
816 在随眠的解说中,欲贪本身因为具有未断除的意义而成为随眠,所以叫欲贪随眠。其余几个词也是同样的道理。所谓“世间中可爱色”,就是指在这个世间中属于可爱的一类。“可意色”,就是属于可乐的一类,是贪著味染的所依处,是可意的所缘。在这里,有情的贪随眠就潜伏着——在这个可意所缘中,以未断除的意义,有情的贪随眠潜伏着。就像一个人沉入水中,他的下方、上方和四周全都是水;同样,在可意所缘中,贪的生起就是有情的惯习。在不可意所缘中,嗔的生起也是这样。所以“在这两种法中”,就是指在这些具有欲贪和嗔的可意与不可意所缘法中。“被无明随逐”,意思是:与欲贪和嗔相应,以取所缘的方式,被无明随逐。“与彼同一”,意思是:因为与那无明相应而俱存,所以是同一。慢、见和疑,就是九种慢、六十二种见、以八事为对象的疑。不过,这里的有贪随眠应当知道已经被欲贪随眠所包含。巴利
816. Anusayaniddese kāmarāgo ca so appahīnaṭṭhena anusayo cāti kāmarāgānusayo. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Yaṃ loke piyarūpanti yaṃ imasmiṃ loke piyajātikaṃ. Sātarūpanti sātajātikaṃ assādapadaṭṭhānaṃ iṭṭhārammaṇaṃ. Ettha sattānaṃ rāgānusayo anusetīti etasmiṃ iṭṭhārammaṇe sattānaṃ appahīnaṭṭhena rāgānusayo anuseti. Yathā nāma udake nimuggassa heṭṭhā ca upari ca samantabhāge ca udakameva hoti, evameva iṭṭhārammaṇe rāguppatti nāma sattānaṃ āciṇṇasamāciṇṇā. Tathā aniṭṭhārammaṇe paṭighuppatti. Iti imesu dvīsu dhammesūti evaṃ imesu dvīsu kāmarāgapaṭighavantesu iṭṭhāniṭṭhārammaṇadhammesu. Avijjānupatitāti kāmarāgapaṭighasampayuttā hutvā ārammaṇakaraṇavasena avijjā anupatitā. Tadekaṭṭhoti tāya avijjāya sampayuttekaṭṭhavasena ekaṭṭho. Māno ca diṭṭhi ca vicikicchā cāti navavidho māno, dvāsaṭṭhividhā diṭṭhi, aṭṭhavatthukā ca vicikicchā. Bhavarāgānusayo panettha kāmarāgānusayeneva saṅgahitoti veditabbo.
817 在“行解说”中,十三种思是福行,十二种是非福行,四种是不动行。其中,属于欲界的行是小地(小果报地)的,其余的是大地(大果报地)的。或者,在这三者当中,凡是果报小的,就是小地(小果报地)的;果报大的,就是大地(大果报地)的。应当这样理解。巴利
817. Caritaniddese terasa cetanā puññābhisaṅkhāro, dvādasa apuññābhisaṅkhāro, catasso āneñjābhisaṅkhāro. Tattha kāmāvacaro parittabhūmako, itaro mahābhūmako. Tīsupi vā etesu yo koci appavipāko parittabhūmako, bahuvipāko mahābhūmakoti veditabbo.
818 818. “胜解解说”前面已经讲过了。那么,为什么这个“胜解”前面虽然已经说过,这里却又再次提出来呢?因为前面是就个别显示力量来说的,而这里是为了显示众生的利根和钝根状态。巴利
818. Adhimuttiniddeso heṭṭhā pakāsitova. Kasmā panāyaṃ adhimutti heṭṭhā vuttāpi puna gahitāti? Ayañhi heṭṭhā pāṭiyekkaṃ baladassanavasena gahitā, idha sattānaṃ tikkhindriyamudindriyabhāvadassanatthaṃ.
819 在“大尘垢解说”里,“增盛”指的是达到广大。而这段解说,是按断除的次第,逆序来作的。巴利
819. Mahārajakkhaniddese ussadagatānīti vepullagatāni. Pahānakkamavasena cesa uppaṭipāṭiyā niddeso kato.
820 “非增盛”是指没有达到广大。在“利根、钝根”的解说中,说的是亲依止根。不过,这里按逆序解说,其用意应当依照前面所说的方式来了知。巴利
820.Anussadagatānīti avepullagatāniṃ. Tikkhindriyamudindriyaniddese upanissayaindriyāni nāma kathitāni. Uppaṭipāṭiyā niddese panettha payojanaṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
823 同样,在二相解说等部分中,“恶习性”就是指不善的习性。“恶行”是指那些圆满造作非福行的人。“恶胜解”是指贪著自身、以轮回为意愿的人。巴利
823. Tathā dvākāraniddesādīsu pāpāsayāti akusalāsayā. Pāpacaritāti apuññābhisaṅkhāraparipūrakā. Pāpādhimuttikāti sakkāyābhiratā vaṭṭajjhāsayā.
824 在“善相解说”里,因为并不存在一种叫“善”的随眠,所以没有说“善随眠”。其余的应当按已说内容的相反意思来理解。巴利
824. Svākāraniddese yasmā kalyāṇako nāma anusayo natthi, tasmā kalyāṇānusayāti na vuttaṃ. Sesaṃ vuttavipariyāyena veditabbaṃ.
826 在“堪任与不堪任的解说”中,“业障”指五种无间业。“烦恼障”指决定邪见。“异熟障”指无因结生。然而,二因者也不能通达圣道,因此二因结生也应知道就是异熟障。“无信”指对佛等没有信心。“无欲”指没有想要造作善行的欲、没有善法欲。北俱卢洲的人就是进入了无欲的状态。“劣慧”指缺少有分慧。即使有分慧圆满,如果他的有分不能成为出世间的依止,那他也叫做劣慧。“不能进入善法中的正性决定”指不能进入善法中被称为正性决定之道。巴利
826. Bhabbābhabbaniddese kammāvaraṇenāti pañcavidhena ānantariyakammena. Kilesāvaraṇenāti niyatamicchādiṭṭhiyā. Vipākāvaraṇenāti ahetukapaṭisandhiyā. Yasmā pana duhetukānampi ariyamaggapaṭivedho natthi, tasmā duhetukapaṭisandhipi vipākāvaraṇamevāti veditabbā. Assaddhāti buddhādīsu saddhārahitā. Acchandikāti kattukamyatākusalacchandarahitā. Uttarakurukā manussā acchandikaṭṭhānaṃ paviṭṭhā. Duppaññāti bhavaṅgapaññāya parihīnā. Bhavaṅgapaññāya pana paripuṇṇāyapi yassa bhavaṅgaṃ lokuttarassa pādakaṃ na hoti, so duppaññoyeva nāma. Abhabbā niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammattanti kusalesu dhammesu sammattaniyāmasaṅkhātaṃ maggaṃ okkamituṃ abhabbā.
827 “非业障”等,应该按前面所说的相反方式来理解。这是两种智的适用范围——根上下智和意乐随眠智。在这里,意乐随眠智其实已经把根上下智包含在内了。这样一来,这两种智合在一起,就成为一种叫做“力智”的智。巴利
827.Na kammāvaraṇenātiādīni vuttavipariyāyena veditabbāni. Idaṃ dvinnaṃ ñāṇānaṃ bhājanīyaṃ – indriyaparopariyattiñāṇassa ca āsayānusayañāṇassa ca. Ettha hi āsayānusayañāṇena indriyaparopariyattiñāṇampi bhājitaṃ. Iti imāni dve ñāṇāni ekato hutvā ekaṃ balañāṇaṃ nāma jātanti.
七力的解说巴利
Sattamabalaniddeso
828 在第七力的解说中,“入禅者”就是指修禅的人。所谓四种入禅者,说的是四种人。其中,在第一组四类里,第一类人明明已经证得禅定,却觉得自己“没有证得”;明明已经在修业处,却认为“这不是业处”。应当知道,这是对禅那不熟练的证得者。第二类人其实并没有证得禅定,却觉得自己“已经证得”;其实并没有在修业处,却认为“这是业处”。这种人叫作睡眠入禅者,也就是睡醒之后这样认为。第三类人已经证得禅定,就知道“我已经证得禅定”;已经在修业处,就知道“这是业处”。应当知道,这是对禅那熟练的证得者。第四类人其实没有证得,就知道“我没有证得”;其实没有在修业处,就知道“这不是业处”。这样一来,这里也有两种人被称为“入禅者”,因为他们虽然不是真正在修禅,却进入了入禅者的行列。巴利
828. Sattamabalaniddese jhāyatīti jhāyī. Cattāro jhāyīti jhāyino cattāro janā vuccanti. Tattha paṭhamacatukke tāva paṭhamo samāpattilābhī samānoyeva ‘na lābhīmhī’ti, kammaṭṭhānaṃ samānaṃyeva ‘na kammaṭṭhāna’nti saññī hoti. Ayaṃ appaguṇajjhānalābhīti veditabbo. Dutiyo samāpattiyā alābhīyeva ‘lābhīmhī’ti, akammaṭṭhānaṃ samānaṃyeva ‘kammaṭṭhāna’nti saññī hoti. Ayaṃ niddājhāyī nāma. Niddāyitvā paṭibuddho evaṃ maññati. Tatiyo samāpattilābhī samāno ‘samāpattilābhīmhī’ti, kammaṭṭhānameva samānaṃ ‘kammaṭṭhāna’nti saññī hoti. Ayaṃ paguṇajjhānalābhīti veditabbo. Catuttho alābhīyeva ‘alābhīmhī’ti, akammaṭṭhānaṃyeva ‘akammaṭṭhāna’nti saññī hoti. Evamettha dve janā ajjhāyinova jhāyīnaṃ anto paviṭṭhattā jhāyīti vuttā.
在第二组四类里,有人靠着有行、有功用,压伏那些障碍入定的法,这叫做缓慢入定。有人只住在一两个心识刹那,就突然出定,这叫做迅速出定。有人轻轻松松地净除那些障碍入定的法,迅速入定,这叫做迅速入定。有人不按限定的时间出定,过了时间才出定,这叫做缓慢出定。其余两种也按同样的方式理解。这四种人都是已证得定的人。巴利
Dutiyacatukke sasaṅkhārena sappayogena samādhipāribandhikadhamme vikkhambhento dandhaṃ samāpajjati nāma. Ekaṃ dve cittavāre ṭhatvā sahasā vuṭṭhahantā khippaṃ vuṭṭhahati nāma. Sukheneva pana samādhipāribandhikadhamme sodhento khippaṃ samāpajjati nāma. Yathāparicchedena avuṭṭhahitvā kālaṃ atināmetvā vuṭṭhahanto dandhaṃ vuṭṭhāti nāma. Itare dvepi imināva nayena veditabbā. Ime cattāropi janā samāpattilābhinova.
在第三组四类中,能这样区分并界定禅支——“这个禅那有五支,这个禅那有四支”——的人,就是于定善巧者。反之,镇伏诸盖之后,不能把心安放在心匣中的人,就是于等至不善巧者。其余三种人也应依同样的方式理解。这四种人都是已获得等至的人。巴利
Tatiyacatukke ‘idaṃ jhānaṃ pañcaṅgikaṃ, idaṃ caturaṅgika’nti evaṃ aṅgavavatthānaparicchede cheko samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo nāma. Nīvaraṇāni pana vikkhambhetvā cittamañjūsāya cittaṃ ṭhapetuṃ acheko no samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo nāma. Itarepi tayo imināva nayena veditabbā. Imepi cattāro samāpattilābhinoyeva.
现在,为了说明这些人依止哪些禅那而成为所谓的“入禅者”,所以说了“四禅”等。其中,四禅和三解脱,在义理上已经在前面《法集论注》里讲过了。其余解脱的义理,也应该按照那里所说的方式去理解。另外,在这里,按顺序来说,前七种解脱之所以叫“解脱”,是因为在安止的那一刹那从敌对法中解脱出来,并且对所缘生起信解。第八种则因为完全从想和受中解脱出来,所以叫“离解脱”。在诸定当中,按四法或五法来说,初禅定叫有寻有伺定;按五法来说,第二禅定叫无寻唯伺定;无论按四法还是五法,上面三禅的定都叫无寻无伺定。在诸等至当中,按顺序,前八种等至既有“定”这个名字,也有“等至”这个名字。为什么呢?因为有心一境性存在的缘故。灭尽等至因为没有这个心一境性,所以不叫“定”。巴利
Idāni yāni jhānāni nissāya ime puggalā ‘jhāyī’ nāma jātā, tāni dassetuṃ cattāri jhānānītiādimāha. Tattha cattāri jhānāni tayo ca vimokkhā atthato heṭṭhā dhammasaṅgahaṭṭhakathāyameva (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 160, 248) pakāsitā. Sesānampi vimokkhaṭṭho tattha vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Apicettha paṭipāṭiyā satta appitappitakkhaṇe paccanīkadhammehi vimuccanato ca ārammaṇe ca adhimuccanato vimokkho nāma. Aṭṭhamo pana sabbaso saññāvedayitehi vimuttattā apagatavimokkho nāma. Samādhīsu catukkanayapañcakanayesu paṭhamajjhānasamādhi savitakkasavicāro nāma. Pañcakanaye dutiyajjhānasamādhi avitakkavicāramattasamādhi nāma. Catukkanayepi pañcakanayepi upari tīsu jhānesu samādhi avitakka avicārasamādhi nāma. Samāpattīsu hi paṭipāṭiyā aṭṭhannaṃ samāpattīnaṃ ‘samādhī’tipi nāmaṃ ‘samāpattī’tipi. Kasmā? Cittekaggatāsabbhāvato. Nirodhasamāpattiyā tadabhāvato na samādhīti nāmaṃ.
从还不熟练的初禅等定出来之后,想和作意涌向欲界等方向,这就是退分法。从已经熟练的初禅等定出来之后,想和作意涌向第二禅等更高层次,这就是胜分法。所谓清净也是出起,这句话是在说:已经熟练的清净状态就叫做出起。因为下面较低的那一层熟练禅那,是上面更高那一层禅那的近因,所以说清净也是出起。所谓从某某定出起也是出起,这句话是在说有分出起。因为从一切禅那出起,都是通过有分心出起。但从灭尽定出来时,只有以果等至才能出起。这就叫做经典之外的出起。巴利
Hānabhāgiyo dhammoti appaguṇehi paṭhamajjhānādīhi vuṭṭhitassa saññāmanasikārānaṃ kāmādianupakkhandanaṃ. Visesabhāgiyo dhammoti paguṇehi paṭhamajjhānādīhi vuṭṭhitassa saññāmanasikārānaṃ dutiyajjhānādianupakkhandanaṃ. Vodānampi vuṭṭhānanti iminā paguṇavodānaṃ vuṭṭhānaṃ nāma kathitaṃ. Heṭṭhimaṃ heṭṭhimañhi paguṇajjhānaṃ uparimassa uparimassa padaṭṭhānaṃ hoti. Tasmā vodānampi vuṭṭhānanti vuttaṃ. Tamhā tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhānampi vuṭṭhānanti iminā bhavaṅgavuṭṭhānaṃ nāma kathitaṃ. Bhavaṅgena hi sabbajjhānehi vuṭṭhānaṃ hoti. Nirodhato pana phalasamāpattiyāva vuṭṭhahanti. Idaṃ pāḷimuttakavuṭṭhānaṃ nāmāti.
第八力等解说巴利
Aṭṭhamabalādiniddeso
829 在第八力的解说里,“种种宿命”等全部内容,在《清净道论》中已经详细讲过了。在第九力的解说里,“以天眼”等一切内容,也都在那里详细讲过了。巴利
829. Aṭṭhamabalaniddese anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsantiādi sabbampi visuddhimagge vitthāritameva. Navamabalaniddesepi dibbena cakkhunātiādi sabbaṃ tattheva vitthāritaṃ.
第十力的解说巴利
Dasamabalaniddeso
831 在第十力的解说中,“心解脱”指果定,“慧解脱”指果智。其余部分在各处都很容易理解。以上是诸位论师一致同意的论释。然而持异见者说:“所谓十力智,并不是各自独立存在的,它只是一切知智的一种分类而已。”这种看法不应如此理解。因为十力智是一回事,一切知智是另一回事。十力智只了知各自对应的作用;而一切知智则了知十力智所了知的,也了知此外其余的一切法。在十力智当中:第一力只了知因与非因,第二力只了知业与异熟的差别,第三力只了知各种业的区分,第四力只了知诸界的种种差别,第五力只了知众生的意乐与胜解,第六力只了知诸根的利钝,第七力只了知众生与禅那等相关的杂染等情况,第八力只了知过去世所住的蕴相续,第九力只了知众生的死与结生,第十力只了知诸谛的区分。而一切知智则了知这十力所应了知的,以及比这更超胜的法。但它并不执行这十力的全部作用。因为它作为禅那,不能入定;作为神通,不能变化;作为道,不能断尽烦恼。巴利
831. Dasamabalaniddese cetovimuttinti phalasamādhiṃ. Paññāvimuttinti phalañāṇaṃ. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānatthameva. Ayaṃ tāvettha ācariyānaṃ samānatthakathā. Paravādī panāha – ‘‘dasabalañāṇaṃ nāma pāṭiyekkaṃ natthi, sabbaññutañāṇassevāyaṃ pabhedo’’ti. Taṃ na tathā daṭṭhabbaṃ. Aññameva hi dasabalañāṇaṃ, aññaṃ sabbaññutañāṇaṃ. Dasabalañāṇañhi sakasakakiccameva jānāti. Sabbaññutañāṇaṃ pana tampi tato avasesampi jānāti. Dasabalañāṇesupi hi paṭhamaṃ kāraṇākāraṇameva jānāti, dutiyaṃ kammantaravipākantarameva, tatiyaṃ kammaparicchedameva, catutthaṃ dhātunānattakaraṇameva, pañcamaṃ sattānaṃ ajjhāsayādhimuttimeva, chaṭṭhaṃ indriyānaṃ tikkhamudubhāvameva, sattamaṃ jhānādīhi saddhiṃ tesaṃ saṃkilesādimeva, aṭṭhamaṃ pubbenivutthakhandhasantatimeva, navamaṃ sattānaṃ cutipaṭisandhimeva, dasamaṃ saccaparicchedameva. Sabbaññutañāṇaṃ pana etehi jānitabbañca tato uttaritarañca pajānāti. Etesaṃ pana kiccaṃ na sabbaṃ karoti. Tañhi jhānaṃ hutvā appetuṃ na sakkoti, iddhi hutvā vikubbituṃ na sakkoti, maggo hutvā kilese khepetuṃ na sakkoti.
另外,应该这样反问持反对意见的人:你说的“十力智”,它是有寻有伺、无寻唯伺、无寻无伺吗?是欲界、色界、无色界吗?是世间、出世间吗?如果对方真的了解,他就会说:依次第来说,前七种智是有寻有伺;然后会说:其余两种智是无寻无伺;还会说:漏尽智可能是有寻有伺,可能是无寻唯伺,可能是无寻无伺。同样,他还会说:依次第来说,前七种智属于欲界,接着两种属于色界,最后一种属于出世间。他还会说:而一切知智只是有寻有伺,只属于欲界,只是世间法。这样一来,十力智就是另一种智,一切知智又是另一种智。巴利
Apica paravādī evaṃ pucchitabbo – ‘‘dasabalañāṇaṃ nāma etaṃ savitakkasavicāraṃ, avitakkavicāramattaṃ, avitakkāvicāraṃ, kāmāvacaraṃ, rūpāvacaraṃ, arūpāvacaraṃ, lokiyaṃ, lokuttara’’nti? Jānanto ‘‘paṭipāṭiyā satta ñāṇāni savitakkasavicārānī’’ti vakkhati; tato ‘‘parāni dve ñāṇāni avitakkāvicārānī’’ti vakkhati; ‘‘āsavakkhayañāṇaṃ siyā savitakkasavicāraṃ, siyā avitakkavicāramattaṃ, siyā avitakkavicāra’’nti vakkhati. Tathā ‘‘paṭipāṭiyā satta kāmāvacarāni, tato dve rūpāvacarāni, avasāne ekaṃ lokuttara’’nti vakkhati; ‘‘sabbaññutañāṇaṃ pana savitakkasavicārameva, kāmāvacarameva, lokiyamevā’’ti vakkhati. Iti aññadeva dasabalañāṇaṃ, aññaṃ sabbaññutañāṇanti.